diff options
| author | tobigun <tobigun@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c> | 2008-05-01 00:39:04 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | tobigun <tobigun@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c> | 2008-05-01 00:39:04 +0000 |
| commit | b1ecd10fe83594394ba11babc8ca9ccee8906e73 (patch) | |
| tree | 08d4d213c88b8a2cd14d9395a28c3dd29376e8e8 /Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL | |
| parent | a7dac17f3530c2b36d52aa8ab4e095f460c29b34 (diff) | |
| download | usdx-b1ecd10fe83594394ba11babc8ca9ccee8906e73.tar.gz usdx-b1ecd10fe83594394ba11babc8ca9ccee8906e73.tar.xz usdx-b1ecd10fe83594394ba11babc8ca9ccee8906e73.zip | |
Applied this fix https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1902924&group_id=43805&atid=437446
for 64bit compatibility with SDL. Thanks kambi for the patch, and escaped, tronikku and all the others for some other patches and/or testing. Now USDX should be x64 compatible. Please test and report errors.
git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/trunk@1049 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c
Diffstat (limited to '')
| -rw-r--r-- | Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas | 8648 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas | 8722 |
2 files changed, 8688 insertions, 8682 deletions
diff --git a/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas b/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas index 29bc7123..2eede417 100644 --- a/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas +++ b/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas @@ -1,4321 +1,4327 @@ -unit sdl;
-{
- $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage Exp $
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-{ }
-{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
-{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are }
-{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga }
-{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. }
-{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) }
-{ }
-{ All Rights Reserved. }
-{ }
-{ The original files are : SDL.h }
-{ SDL_main.h }
-{ SDL_types.h }
-{ SDL_rwops.h }
-{ SDL_timer.h }
-{ SDL_audio.h }
-{ SDL_cdrom.h }
-{ SDL_joystick.h }
-{ SDL_mouse.h }
-{ SDL_keyboard.h }
-{ SDL_events.h }
-{ SDL_video.h }
-{ SDL_byteorder.h }
-{ SDL_version.h }
-{ SDL_active.h }
-{ SDL_thread.h }
-{ SDL_mutex .h }
-{ SDL_getenv.h }
-{ SDL_loadso.h }
-{ }
-{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
-{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
-{ }
-{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are }
-{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis. }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Contributor(s) }
-{ -------------- }
-{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> His Project inspired this conversion }
-{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de> }
-{ }
-{ Obtained through: }
-{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
-{ }
-{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
-{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
-{ }
-{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
-{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
-{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
-{ obtain a copy of the License at }
-{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
-{ }
-{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
-{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
-{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
-{ rights and limitations under the License. }
-{ }
-{ Description }
-{ ----------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Requires }
-{ -------- }
-{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so }
-{ They are available from... }
-{ http://www.libsdl.org . }
-{ }
-{ Programming Notes }
-{ ----------------- }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ }
-{ Revision History }
-{ ---------------- }
-{ May 08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to }
-{ use ) }
-{ PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; }
-{ TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; }
-{ As most games will need it. }
-{ }
-{ April 02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version }
-{ 1.2.0 compatability. }
-{ }
-{ March 13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility. }
-{ }
-{ March 10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES }
-{ Changed the license header }
-{ }
-{ March 09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem }
-{ }
-{ March 01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8 }
-{ }
-{ July 22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions }
-{ from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange. }
-{ }
-{ October 12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and }
-{ David Acklam }
-{ }
-{ October 24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from }
-{ Dean Ellis. }
-{ }
-{ October 27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro }
-{ }
-{ November 08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon. }
-{ }
-{ November 29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon}
-{ Rushton. }
-{ }
-{ November 30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. }
-{ }
-{ December 11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in }
-{ Components }
-{ }
-{ January 05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias }
-{ Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from }
-{ MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention }
-{ }
-{ January 25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer & }
-{ SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias }
-{ Thoma. }
-{ }
-{ January 27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv }
-{ So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv }
-{ SDL_getenv, as they are more portable }
-{ }
-{ March 05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users. }
-{ }
-{ October 23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32. }
-{ If you intend to you Delphi 3... }
-{ ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you }
-{ remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other}
-{ SDL files. }
-{ }
-{ November 29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was }
-{ pointed out by Todd Lang }
-{ }
-{ April 03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more }
-{ Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included }
-{ for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously }
-{ continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal. }
-{ }
-{ April 08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support }
-{ }
-{ April 24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
-{ better TMT Pascal support and under instruction }
-{ from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
-{ I have added better Gnu Pascal support }
-{ }
-{ April 30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA }
-{ Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support. }
-{ This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set }
-{ include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/* }
-{ }
-{
- $Log: sdl.pas,v $
- Revision 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage
- Added SDL_BUTTON_X1 and SDL_BUTTON_X2 constants for extended mouse buttons. Now makes SDL v1.2.13 compliant.
-
- Revision 1.37 2007/12/20 22:36:56 savage
- Added SKYOS support, thanks to Sebastian-Torsten Tillmann
-
- Revision 1.36 2007/12/05 22:52:04 savage
- Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks.
-
- Revision 1.35 2007/12/02 22:41:13 savage
- Change for Mac OS X to link to SDL Framework
-
- Revision 1.34 2007/08/26 23:50:53 savage
- Jonas supplied another fix.
-
- Revision 1.33 2007/08/26 15:59:46 savage
- Mac OS changes as suggested by Jonas Maebe
-
- Revision 1.32 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage
- Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch.
-
- Revision 1.31 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage
- Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
-
- Revision 1.30 2007/05/29 19:31:03 savage
- Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold)
-
- Revision 1.29 2007/05/20 20:29:11 savage
- Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
-
- Revision 1.26 2007/02/11 13:38:04 savage
- Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean.
-
- Revision 1.25 2006/12/02 00:12:52 savage
- Updated to latest version
-
- Revision 1.24 2006/05/18 21:10:04 savage
- Added 1.2.10 Changes
-
- Revision 1.23 2005/12/04 23:17:52 drellis
- Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8
-
- Revision 1.22 2005/05/24 21:59:03 savage
- Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis.
-
- Revision 1.21 2005/05/22 18:42:31 savage
- Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
-
- Revision 1.20 2005/04/10 11:48:33 savage
- Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
-
- Revision 1.19 2005/01/05 01:47:06 savage
- Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
-
- Revision 1.18 2005/01/04 23:14:41 savage
- Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
-
- Revision 1.17 2005/01/03 18:40:59 savage
- Updated Version number to reflect latest one
-
- Revision 1.16 2005/01/01 02:02:06 savage
- Updated to v1.2.8
-
- Revision 1.15 2004/12/24 18:57:11 savage
- forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed
-
- Revision 1.14 2004/12/23 23:42:18 savage
- Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
-
- Revision 1.13 2004/09/30 22:31:59 savage
- Updated with slightly different header comments
-
- Revision 1.12 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage
- Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
-
- Revision 1.11 2004/08/14 22:54:30 savage
- Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
-
- Revision 1.10 2004/07/20 23:57:33 savage
- Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures.
- In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously.
-
- Revision 1.9 2004/07/03 22:07:22 savage
- Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct.
-
- Revision 1.8 2004/05/10 14:10:03 savage
- Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
-
- Revision 1.7 2004/04/13 09:32:08 savage
- Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
-
- Revision 1.6 2004/04/01 20:53:23 savage
- Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
-
- Revision 1.5 2004/02/22 15:32:10 savage
- SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out.
-
- Revision 1.4 2004/02/21 23:24:29 savage
- SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug,
-
- Revision 1.3 2004/02/18 22:35:51 savage
- Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
- Thus...
- Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
-
- Add DLL/Shared object functions
- function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
-
- procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
-
- Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
- function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
-
- Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
-
- Revision 1.2 2004/02/17 21:37:12 savage
- Tidying up of units
-
- Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
- Module 1.0 release
-
-}
-{******************************************************************************}
-
-{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
-
-interface
-
-uses
-{$IFDEF __GPC__}
- system,
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- wintypes,
- {$ELSE}
- {$ENDIF}
- gpc;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- Windows;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- pthreads,
- {$ENDIF}
- baseunix,
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- unix,
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- unix;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- x,
- xlib;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- Libc,
- Xlib;
- {$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
- GPCMacOSAll;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-const
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll';
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF UNIX}
-{$IFDEF DARWIN}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib';
-{$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so';
- {$ELSE}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0';
- {$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF MACOS}
- SDLLibName = 'SDL';
- {$linklib libSDL}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a';
- {$linklib libSDL.a}
- {$linklib libnds9.a}
- {$linklib libc.a}
- {$linklib libgcc.a}
- {$linklib libsysbase.a}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_verion.h constants
- // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
- SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION}
- SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION}
- SDL_PATCHLEVEL = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL}
-
- // SDL.h constants
- SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER}
- SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO}
- SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO}
- SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM}
- SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK}
- SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE}
- SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD}
- SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING}
-
- // SDL_error.h constants
- ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128;
-{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN}
- ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS}
-
- // SDL_types.h constants
- SDL_PRESSED = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED}
- SDL_RELEASED = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED}
-
- // SDL_timer.h constants
- // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds
- SDL_TIMESLICE = 10;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE}
- // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms
- TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined
-{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION}
-
- // SDL_audio.h constants
- AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8}
- AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8}
- AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB}
- AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB}
- AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB}
- AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB}
- AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16}
- AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16}
-
-
- // SDL_cdrom.h constants
- // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk
- SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS}
- // The types of CD-ROM track possible
- SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK}
- SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK}
-
- // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
- CD_FPS = 75;
-{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS}
- // SDL_byteorder.h constants
- // The two types of endianness
- SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN}
- SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN}
-
-{$IFDEF IA32}
-
- SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
- // Native audio byte ordering
- AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
- AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
-
-{$ELSE}
-
- SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
- // Native audio byte ordering
- AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
- AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB;
-{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
- SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME}
-
- // SDL_joystick.h constants
- MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS}
- MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES}
- MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons
-{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS}
- AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate
-{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN}
- AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate
-{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX}
- JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD}
- //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n) (1<<n)
- // array to hold joystick ID values
- //static UInt SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
- //static JOYCAPS SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
-
- { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
- The return value is one of the following positions: }
- SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED}
- SDL_HAT_UP = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT}
- SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN}
- SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP}
- SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN}
- SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP}
- SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN}
-
- // SDL_events.h constants
- SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT}
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT}
- SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN}
- SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP}
- SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP}
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION}
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION}
- SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP}
- SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict )
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT}
- SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED}
- SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE}
- SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6}
- SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use..
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7}
- // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use
- SDL_USEREVENT = 24;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT}
- // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
- // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32
- SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS}
-
- SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS}
-
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK}
- SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK}
- SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK}
- SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or
- 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK}
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK}
- SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK}
- SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or
- 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK}
- SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK}
- SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK}
- SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK}
-
- { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
- from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- current processing state of the specified event. }
-
- SDL_QUERY = -1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY}
- SDL_IGNORE = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE}
- SDL_DISABLE = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE}
- SDL_ENABLE = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE}
-
- //SDL_keyboard.h constants
- // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings
- SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS}
-
-{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
- 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
- pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
- 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. }
-
- SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY}
- SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL}
-
- // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII
- SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN}
- SDLK_FIRST = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST}
- SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE}
- SDLK_TAB = 9;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB}
- SDLK_CLEAR = 12;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR}
- SDLK_RETURN = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN}
- SDLK_PAUSE = 19;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE}
- SDLK_ESCAPE = 27;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE}
- SDLK_SPACE = 32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE}
- SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM}
- SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL}
- SDLK_HASH = 35;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH}
- SDLK_DOLLAR = 36;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR}
- SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND}
- SDLK_QUOTE = 39;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE}
- SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN}
- SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN}
- SDLK_ASTERISK = 42;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK}
- SDLK_PLUS = 43;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS}
- SDLK_COMMA = 44;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA}
- SDLK_MINUS = 45;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS}
- SDLK_PERIOD = 46;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD}
- SDLK_SLASH = 47;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH}
- SDLK_0 = 48;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0}
- SDLK_1 = 49;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1}
- SDLK_2 = 50;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2}
- SDLK_3 = 51;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3}
- SDLK_4 = 52;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4}
- SDLK_5 = 53;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5}
- SDLK_6 = 54;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6}
- SDLK_7 = 55;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7}
- SDLK_8 = 56;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8}
- SDLK_9 = 57;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9}
- SDLK_COLON = 58;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON}
- SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON}
- SDLK_LESS = 60;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS}
- SDLK_EQUALS = 61;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS}
- SDLK_GREATER = 62;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER}
- SDLK_QUESTION = 63;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION}
- SDLK_AT = 64;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT}
-
- { Skip uppercase letters }
-
- SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET}
- SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH}
- SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET}
- SDLK_CARET = 94;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET}
- SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE}
- SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE}
- SDLK_a = 97;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a}
- SDLK_b = 98;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b}
- SDLK_c = 99;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c}
- SDLK_d = 100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d}
- SDLK_e = 101;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e}
- SDLK_f = 102;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f}
- SDLK_g = 103;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g}
- SDLK_h = 104;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h}
- SDLK_i = 105;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i}
- SDLK_j = 106;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j}
- SDLK_k = 107;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k}
- SDLK_l = 108;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l}
- SDLK_m = 109;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m}
- SDLK_n = 110;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n}
- SDLK_o = 111;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o}
- SDLK_p = 112;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p}
- SDLK_q = 113;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q}
- SDLK_r = 114;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r}
- SDLK_s = 115;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s}
- SDLK_t = 116;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t}
- SDLK_u = 117;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u}
- SDLK_v = 118;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v}
- SDLK_w = 119;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w}
- SDLK_x = 120;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x}
- SDLK_y = 121;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y}
- SDLK_z = 122;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z}
- SDLK_DELETE = 127;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE}
- // End of ASCII mapped keysyms
-
- // International keyboard syms
- SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0}
- SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1}
- SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2}
- SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3}
- SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4}
- SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5}
- SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6}
- SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7}
- SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8}
- SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9}
- SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10}
- SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11}
- SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12}
- SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13}
- SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14}
- SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15}
- SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16}
- SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17}
- SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18}
- SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19}
- SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20}
- SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21}
- SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22}
- SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23}
- SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24}
- SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25}
- SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26}
- SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27}
- SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28}
- SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29}
- SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30}
- SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31}
- SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32}
- SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33}
- SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34}
- SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35}
- SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36}
- SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37}
- SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38}
- SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39}
- SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40}
- SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41}
- SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42}
- SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43}
- SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44}
- SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45}
- SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46}
- SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47}
- SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48}
- SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49}
- SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50}
- SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51}
- SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52}
- SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53}
- SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54}
- SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55}
- SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56}
- SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57}
- SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58}
- SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59}
- SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60}
- SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61}
- SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62}
- SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63}
- SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64}
- SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65}
- SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66}
- SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67}
- SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68}
- SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69}
- SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70}
- SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71}
- SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72}
- SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73}
- SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74}
- SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75}
- SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76}
- SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77}
- SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78}
- SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79}
- SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80}
- SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81}
- SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82}
- SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83}
- SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84}
- SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85}
- SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86}
- SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87}
- SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88}
- SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89}
- SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90}
- SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91}
- SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92}
- SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93}
- SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94}
- SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95}
-
- // Numeric keypad
- SDLK_KP0 = 256;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0}
- SDLK_KP1 = 257;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1}
- SDLK_KP2 = 258;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2}
- SDLK_KP3 = 259;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3}
- SDLK_KP4 = 260;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4}
- SDLK_KP5 = 261;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5}
- SDLK_KP6 = 262;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6}
- SDLK_KP7 = 263;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7}
- SDLK_KP8 = 264;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8}
- SDLK_KP9 = 265;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9}
- SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD}
- SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE}
- SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY}
- SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS}
- SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS}
- SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER}
- SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS}
-
- // Arrows + Home/End pad
- SDLK_UP = 273;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP}
- SDLK_DOWN = 274;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN}
- SDLK_RIGHT = 275;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT}
- SDLK_LEFT = 276;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT}
- SDLK_INSERT = 277;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT}
- SDLK_HOME = 278;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME}
- SDLK_END = 279;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END}
- SDLK_PAGEUP = 280;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP}
- SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN}
-
- // Function keys
- SDLK_F1 = 282;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1}
- SDLK_F2 = 283;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2}
- SDLK_F3 = 284;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3}
- SDLK_F4 = 285;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4}
- SDLK_F5 = 286;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5}
- SDLK_F6 = 287;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6}
- SDLK_F7 = 288;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7}
- SDLK_F8 = 289;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8}
- SDLK_F9 = 290;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9}
- SDLK_F10 = 291;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10}
- SDLK_F11 = 292;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11}
- SDLK_F12 = 293;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12}
- SDLK_F13 = 294;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13}
- SDLK_F14 = 295;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14}
- SDLK_F15 = 296;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15}
-
- // Key state modifier keys
- SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK}
- SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK}
- SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK}
- SDLK_RSHIFT = 303;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT}
- SDLK_LSHIFT = 304;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT}
- SDLK_RCTRL = 305;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL}
- SDLK_LCTRL = 306;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL}
- SDLK_RALT = 307;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT}
- SDLK_LALT = 308;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT}
- SDLK_RMETA = 309;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA}
- SDLK_LMETA = 310;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA}
- SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER}
- SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER}
- SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE}
- SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE}
-
- // Miscellaneous function keys
- SDLK_HELP = 315;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP}
- SDLK_PRINT = 316;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT}
- SDLK_SYSREQ = 317;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ}
- SDLK_BREAK = 318;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK}
- SDLK_MENU = 319;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU}
- SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER}
- SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO}
-
-{$IFDEF GP2X}
-SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP}
-SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN}
-SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT}
-SDLK_GP2X_START = 8;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START}
-SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT}
-SDLK_GP2X_L = 10;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L}
-SDLK_GP2X_R = 11;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R}
-SDLK_GP2X_A = 12;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A}
-SDLK_GP2X_B = 13;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B}
-SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y}
-SDLK_GP2X_X = 15;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X}
-SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP}
-SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN}
-SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together)
- KMOD_NONE = $0000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE}
- KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT}
- KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT}
- KMOD_LCTRL = $0040;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL}
- KMOD_RCTRL = $0080;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL}
- KMOD_LALT = $0100;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT}
- KMOD_RALT = $0200;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT}
- KMOD_LMETA = $0400;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA}
- KMOD_RMETA = $0800;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA}
- KMOD_NUM = $1000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM}
- KMOD_CAPS = $2000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS}
- KMOD_MODE = 44000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE}
- KMOD_RESERVED = $8000;
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED}
-
- KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL}
- KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT}
- KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT}
- KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA);
-{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META}
-
- //SDL_video.h constants
- // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
- SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE}
- SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT}
-
- // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface
- // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode()
- SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE}
- SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE}
- SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT}
- // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode()
- SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT}
- SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE}
- SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF}
- SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN}
- SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL}
- SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT}
- SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE}
- SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME}
- // Used internally (read-only)
- SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL}
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY}
- SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK}
- SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL}
- SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA}
- SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING}
- SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC}
-
- { The most common video overlay formats.
- For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
- http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
-
- For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
- http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html }
-
- SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY}
- SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY}
- SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY}
- SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY}
- SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane)
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY}
-
- // flags for SDL_SetPalette()
- SDL_LOGPAL = $01;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL}
- SDL_PHYSPAL = $02;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL}
-
- //SDL_mouse.h constants
- { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
- Button 1: Left mouse button
- Button 2: Middle mouse button
- Button 3: Right mouse button
- Button 4: Mouse Wheel Up (may also be a real button)
- Button 5: Mouse Wheel Down (may also be a real button)
- Button 6: Mouse X1 (may also be a real button)
- Button 7: Mouse X2 (may also be a real button)
- }
- SDL_BUTTON_LEFT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT}
- SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE}
- SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT = 3;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT}
- SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP = 4;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP}
- SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN}
- SDL_BUTTON_X1 = 6;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1}
- SDL_BUTTON_X2 = 7;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2}
-
- SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_RMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X1 - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK}
- SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X2 - 1);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK}
-
- // SDL_active.h constants
- // The available application states
- SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS}
- SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS}
- SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE}
-
- // SDL_mutex.h constants
- // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
- // they time out.
-
- SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT}
-
- // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out
- SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT}
-
- {TSDL_GrabMode = (
- SDL_GRAB_QUERY,
- SDL_GRAB_OFF,
- SDL_GRAB_ON,
- SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN ); // Used internally}
- SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1;
- SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0;
- SDL_GRAB_ON = 1;
- //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally
-
-type
- THandle = Cardinal;
- //SDL_types.h types
- // Basic data types
-
- SDL_Bool = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE);
- TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool;
-
- PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array;
- PUInt8 = ^UInt8;
- PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8;
- UInt8 = Byte;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8}
- TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8;
-
- PUInt16 = ^UInt16;
- UInt16 = word;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16}
-
- PSInt8 = ^SInt8;
- SInt8 = Shortint;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8}
-
- PSInt16 = ^SInt16;
- SInt16 = smallint;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16}
-
- PUInt32 = ^UInt32;
- UInt32 = Cardinal;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32}
-
- SInt32 = Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32}
-
- PInt = ^Integer;
-
- PShortInt = ^ShortInt;
-
- PUInt64 = ^UInt64;
- UInt64 = record
- hi: UInt32;
- lo: UInt32;
- end;
-{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64}
-
- PSInt64 = ^SInt64;
- SInt64 = record
- hi: UInt32;
- lo: UInt32;
- end;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64}
-
- TSDL_GrabMode = Integer;
-
- // SDL_error.h types
- TSDL_errorcode = (
- SDL_ENOMEM,
- SDL_EFREAD,
- SDL_EFWRITE,
- SDL_EFSEEK,
- SDL_LASTERROR);
-
- SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode}
-
- TArg = record
- case Byte of
- 0: (value_ptr: Pointer);
- (* #if 0 means: never
- 1 : ( value_c : Byte );
- *)
- 2: (value_i: Integer);
- 3: (value_f: double);
- 4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte);
- end;
-
- PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error;
- TSDL_error = record
- { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error }
- error: Integer;
-
- { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing
- internationalized versions of the SDL error messages. If the key
- is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is
- used directly as an error message format string. }
- key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte;
-
- { These are the arguments for the error functions }
- argc: Integer;
- args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg;
- end;
-
- // SDL_rwops.h types
- // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic
- // some helper types to handle the unions
- // "packed" is only guessed
-
- TStdio = record
- autoclose: Integer;
- // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer
- fp: Pointer;
- end;
-
- TMem = record
- base: PUInt8;
- here: PUInt8;
- stop: PUInt8;
- end;
-
- TUnknown = record
- data1: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // first declare the pointer type
- PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops;
- // now the pointer to function types
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
- TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer;
- TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;
- TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer;
- TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
- // the variant record itself
- TSDL_RWops = record
- seek: TSeek;
- read: TRead;
- write: TWrite;
- close: TClose;
- // a keyword as name is not allowed
- type_: UInt32;
- // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point
- case Integer of
- 0: (stdio: TStdio);
- 1: (mem: TMem);
- 2: (unknown: TUnknown);
- end;
-
- SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops}
-
-
- // SDL_timer.h types
- // Function prototype for the timer callback function
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- { New timer API, supports multiple timers
- Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> }
-
- { Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
- The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
- the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
- passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
- scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. }
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // Definition of the timer ID type
- PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID;
- TSDL_TimerID = record
- interval: UInt32;
- callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback;
- param: Pointer;
- last_alarm: UInt32;
- next: PSDL_TimerID;
- end;
-
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer );
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_audio.h types
- // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio()
- PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec;
- TSDL_AudioSpec = record
- freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second
- format: UInt16; // Audio data format
- channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo
- silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated)
- samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples
- padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments
- size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated)
- { This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
- 'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
- 'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
- Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
- Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.}
- callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback;
- userdata: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers
- PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT;
-
- PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
- TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record
- cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT;
- format: UInt16;
- end;
-
- PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
- TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
-
- TSDL_AudioCVT = record
- needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible
- src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format
- dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format
- rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment
- buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data
- len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer
- len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer
- len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big
- len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio
- filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
- filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function
- end;
-
- TSDL_Audiostatus = (
- SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED,
- SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
- SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
- );
-
- // SDL_cdrom.h types
- TSDL_CDStatus = (
- CD_ERROR,
- CD_TRAYEMPTY,
- CD_STOPPED,
- CD_PLAYING,
- CD_PAUSED );
-
- PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack;
- TSDL_CDTrack = record
- id: UInt8; // Track number
- type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track
- unused: UInt16;
- length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track
- offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk
- end;
-
- // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus()
- PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD;
- TSDL_CD = record
- id: Integer; // Private drive identifier
- status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status
-
- // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive
- numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk
- cur_track: Integer; // Current track position
- cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track
- track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack;
- end;
-
- //SDL_joystick.h types
- PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis;
- TTransAxis = record
- offset: Integer;
- scale: single;
- end;
-
- // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick
- PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata;
- TJoystick_hwdata = record
- // joystick ID
- id: Integer;
- // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into SDL-standard ranges
- transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis;
- end;
-
- PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta;
- TBallDelta = record
- dx: Integer;
- dy: Integer;
- end; // Current ball motion deltas
-
- // The SDL joystick structure
- PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick;
- TSDL_Joystick = record
- index: UInt8; // Device index
- name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent
-
- naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick
- axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states
-
- nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick
- hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states
-
- nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick
- balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas
-
- nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick
- buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states
-
- hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information
-
- ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens
- end;
-
- // SDL_verion.h types
- PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version;
- TSDL_version = record
- major: UInt8;
- minor: UInt8;
- patch: UInt8;
- end;
-
- // SDL_keyboard.h types
- TSDLKey = LongWord;
-
- TSDLMod = LongWord;
-
- PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym;
- TSDL_KeySym = record
- scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode
- sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym
- modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers
- unicode: UInt16; // translated character
- end;
-
- // SDL_events.h types
- {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
- If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
- the back of the event queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
- be removed from the queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
- removed from the queue.
- This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
- if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. }
-
- TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT);
-
- // Application visibility event structure
- TSDL_ActiveEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT
- gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0)
- state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states
- end;
-
- // Keyboard event structure
- TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP
- which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- keysym: TSDL_KeySym;
- end;
-
- // Mouse motion event structure
- TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
- state: UInt8; // The current button state
- x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse
- xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
- yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
- end;
-
- // Mouse button event structure
- TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP
- which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
- button: UInt8; // The mouse button index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- x: UInt16; // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time
- y: UInt16; // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time
- end;
-
- // Joystick axis motion event structure
- TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index
- value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767)
- end;
-
- // Joystick trackball motion event structure
- TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index
- xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
- yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
- end;
-
- // Joystick hat position change event structure
- TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */
- hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */
- value: UInt8; { The hat position value:
- 8 1 2
- 7 0 3
- 6 5 4
-
- Note that zero means the POV is centered. }
-
- end;
-
- // Joystick button event structure
- TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP
- which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
- button: UInt8; // The joystick button index
- state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
- end;
-
- { The "window resized" event
- When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
- mode with the new width and height. }
- TSDL_ResizeEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE
- w: Integer; // New width
- h: Integer; // New height
- end;
-
- // The "quit requested" event
- PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent;
- TSDL_QuitEvent = record
- type_: UInt8;
- end;
-
- // A user-defined event type
- PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent;
- TSDL_UserEvent = record
- type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1
- code: Integer; // User defined event code */
- data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
- data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
- end;
-
- // The "screen redraw" event
- PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent;
- TSDL_ExposeEvent = record
- type_ : Uint8; // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE
- end;
-
- {$IFDEF Unix}
- //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX
- TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ;
- {$ENDIF}
-
-// The windows custom event structure
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version: TSDL_version;
- h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message
- msg: UInt; // The type of message
- w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter
- lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
-{ The Linux custom event structure }
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version : TSDL_version;
- subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- event : TXEvent;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- event : XEvent;
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-{ The generic custom event structure }
- PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
- TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
- version: TSDL_version;
- data: Integer;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
-// The Windows custom window manager information structure
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version;
- window : HWnd; // The display window
- end;
-{$ELSE}
-
-// The Linux custom window manager information structure
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- TX11 = record
- display : PDisplay; // The X11 display
- window : TWindow ; // The X11 display window */
- {* These locking functions should be called around
- any X11 functions using the display variable.
- They lock the event thread, so should not be
- called around event functions or from event filters.
- *}
- lock_func : Pointer;
- unlock_func : Pointer;
-
- // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2
- fswindow : TWindow ; // The X11 fullscreen window */
- wmwindow : TWindow ; // The X11 managed input window */
- end;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version ;
- subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
- {$IFNDEF GP2X}
- {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
- {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
- X11 : TX11;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ELSE}
- // The generic custom window manager information structure
- PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
- TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
- version : TSDL_version ;
- data : integer;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent;
- TSDL_SysWMEvent = record
- type_: UInt8;
- msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg;
- end;
-
- PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event;
- TSDL_Event = record
- case UInt8 of
- SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte);
- SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent);
- SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent);
- SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent);
- SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent );
- SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent );
- SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent );
- SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent );
- SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent );
- SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent );
- SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent );
- SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent );
- SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent );
- end;
-
-
-{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
- change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
-
- The filter is protypted as: }
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // SDL_video.h types
- // Useful data types
- PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect;
- PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect;
- TSDL_Rect = record
- x, y: SInt16;
- w, h: UInt16;
- end;
-
- SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect}
-
- PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color;
- TSDL_Color = record
- r: UInt8;
- g: UInt8;
- b: UInt8;
- unused: UInt8;
- end;
-
- PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray;
- TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color;
-
- PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette;
- TSDL_Palette = record
- ncolors: Integer;
- colors: PSDL_ColorArray;
- end;
-
- // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only
- PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat;
- TSDL_PixelFormat = record
- palette: PSDL_Palette;
- BitsPerPixel: UInt8;
- BytesPerPixel: UInt8;
- Rloss: UInt8;
- Gloss: UInt8;
- Bloss: UInt8;
- Aloss: UInt8;
- Rshift: UInt8;
- Gshift: UInt8;
- Bshift: UInt8;
- Ashift: UInt8;
- RMask: UInt32;
- GMask: UInt32;
- BMask: UInt32;
- AMask: UInt32;
- colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information
- alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha)
- end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata;
- TPrivate_hwdata = record
- dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
- dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
- end;}
- {ELSE}
-{$ENDIF}
-
- // The structure passed to the low level blit functions
- PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo;
- TSDL_BlitInfo = record
- s_pixels: PUInt8;
- s_width: Integer;
- s_height: Integer;
- s_skip: Integer;
- d_pixels: PUInt8;
- d_width: Integer;
- d_height: Integer;
- d_skip: Integer;
- aux_data: Pointer;
- src: PSDL_PixelFormat;
- table: PUInt8;
- dst: PSDL_PixelFormat;
- end;
-
- // typedef for private surface blitting functions
- PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface;
-
- {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
- TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl;
- {$ELSE}
- TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- // The type definition for the low level blit functions
- //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl;
-
- // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits
- {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel;
- TPrivate_swaccel = record
- blit : TSDL_LoBlit;
- aux_data : Pointer;
- end;}
-
- // Blit mapping definition
- {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap;
- TSDL_BlitMap = record
- dst : PSDL_Surface;
- identity : Integer;
- table : PUInt8;
- hw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
- sw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
- hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel;
- sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel;
-
- // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping
- format_version : Cardinal;
- end;}
-
- TSDL_Surface = record
- flags: UInt32; // Read-only
- format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only
- w, h: Integer; // Read-only
- pitch: UInt16; // Read-only
- pixels: Pointer; // Read-write
- offset: Integer; // Private
- hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata; Hardware-specific surface info
-
- // clipping information:
- clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only
- unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility
- // Allow recursive locks
- locked: UInt32; // Private
- // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces
- Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; // Private
- // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps
- format_version: Cardinal; // Private
- refcount: Integer;
- end;
-
- // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities
- PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo;
- TSDL_VideoInfo = record
- hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below )
- {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces
- wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager?
- UnusedBits1: 6;}
- blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what
- {UnusedBits2: 1;
- blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits HW --> HW
- blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey
- blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha
- blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits SW --> HW
- blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey
- blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha
- blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated color fill}
- UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point
- video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K)
- vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface
- current_w : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode width
- current_h : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode height
- end;
-
- // The YUV hardware video overlay
- PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay;
- TSDL_Overlay = record
- format: UInt32; // Overlay format
- w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay
- planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3
- pitches: PUInt16;
- // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes.
- pixels: PPUInt8;
- // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used.
- hw_overlay: UInt32;
- // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated.
- end;
-
- // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes.
- TSDL_GLAttr = (
- SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
- SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
- SDL_GL_STEREO,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
- SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
- SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
- SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL);
-
-
-
- PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor;
- TSDL_Cursor = record
- area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor
- hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor
- data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data
- mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask
- save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area
- wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor
- end;
-
-// SDL_mutex.h types
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_Mutex = record
- id: THANDLE;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_mutex = record
- id: pthread_mutex_t;
-{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX}
- recursive: Integer;
- owner: pthread_t;
-{$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
- TSDL_Mutex = record
- recursive: Integer;
- Owner: UInt32;
- sem: PSDL_sem;
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
- {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
- // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */
- {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore;
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- // WINDOWS or Machintosh
- TSDL_semaphore = record
- id: THANDLE;
- count: UInt32;
- end;
-{$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- // This should be semaphore.h
- __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous }
- status: Longint;
- spinlock: Integer;
- end;
-
- sem_t = {packed} record
- __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t;
- __sem_value: Integer;
- __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;}
- end;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- TSDL_semaphore = record
- sem: Pointer; //PSem_t;
- {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
- sem_data: Sem_t;
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
- { This is a little hack for MacOS X -
- It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing }
- sem_value: Integer;
- {$ENDIF}
- end;
-{$ENDIF}
-
- PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem;
- TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore;
-
- PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond;
- TSDL_Cond = record
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- cond: pthread_cond_t;
-{$ELSE}
- // Generic Cond structure
- lock: PSDL_mutex;
- waiting: Integer;
- signals: Integer;
- wait_sem: PSDL_Sem;
- wait_done: PSDL_Sem;
-{$ENDIF}
- end;
-
- // SDL_thread.h types
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF NDS}
- TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer;
-{$ENDIF}
-
- { This is the system-independent thread info structure }
- PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread;
- TSDL_Thread = record
- threadid: UInt32;
- handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle;
- status: Integer;
- errbuf: TSDL_Error;
- data: Pointer;
- end;
-
- // Helper Types
-
- // Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to use )
- PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;
- TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;
-
- // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas
- PInteger = ^Integer;
- PByte = ^Byte;
- PWord = ^Word;
- PLongWord = ^Longword;
-
- // General arrays
- PByteArray = ^TByteArray;
- TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte;
-
- PWordArray = ^TWordArray;
- TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word;
-
- PPoint = ^TPoint;
- {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- TPoint = Types.TPoint;
- {$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- TPoint = wintypes.TPoint;
- {$ELSE}
- TPoint = Windows.TPoint;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available.
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- PRect = ^TRect;
- {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
- TRect = Types.TRect;
- {$ELSE}
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- TRect = wintypes.TRect;
- {$ELSE}
- TRect = Windows.TRect;
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ELSE}
- //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available.
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-
- { Generic procedure pointer }
- TProcedure = procedure;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ initialization }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
- the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
- Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
- signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) }
-
-function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init}
-
-// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
-function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem}
-
-// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
-procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem}
-
-{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
- been initialized.
- If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. }
-
-function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit}
-
-{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
- dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions. }
-procedure SDL_Quit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any
-function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF __MACH__}
-// This should be called from your main() function, if any
-procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ types }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// The number of elements in a table
-function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE}
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ error-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// Public functions
-function SDL_GetError: PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError}
-procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError}
-procedure SDL_ClearError;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError}
-
-{$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
-procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-// Private error message function - used internally
-procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ io handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources
-
-function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile}
-procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW}
-
-//fp is FILE *fp ???
-function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP}
-function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem}
-function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem}
-function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW}
-
-function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek}
-function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell}
-function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead}
-function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite}
-function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ time-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. }
-{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. }
-function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks}
-
-// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning
-procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay}
-
-{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. }
-{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs. }
-function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer}
-
-{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. }
-{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. }
-function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer}
-
-function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ audio-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
- have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
- You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). }
-
-function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit}
-procedure SDL_AudioQuit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit}
-
-{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
- current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has
- been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
-
-function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName}
-
-{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
- returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
- structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
- data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
- requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
- audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
- to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
-
- When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
- 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
- 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
- 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
- This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
- driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to
- range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
- CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
- to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
- fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right
- and left channels in LR ordering.
- Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
- following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq
- 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
- calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
- and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
- when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
- to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
- This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
- protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
- and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
- 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
- function.
-
- The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
- be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
- for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
- may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
- any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. }
-
-function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio}
-
-{ Get the current audio state: }
-function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus}
-
-{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
- It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
- device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
- data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
- Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. }
-
-procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio}
-
-{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
- that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
- you could do:
- SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
-
- If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
- filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
- 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
- and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
- You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
- done with it.
-
- This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
- wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
- corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. }
-
-function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec:
- PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW}
-
-// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file
-function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf:
- PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV}
-
-{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() }
-
-procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV}
-
-{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
- and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
- by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
- to the other.
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16;
- src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8;
- dst_rate: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT}
-
-{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
- created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
- audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
- to the desired format.
- The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
- cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
- SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. }
-function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio}
-
-{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
- them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
- The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
- for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
- This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. }
-
-procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio}
-
-{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
- During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
- callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
- function or you will cause deadlock. }
-procedure SDL_LockAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio}
-procedure SDL_UnlockAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio}
-
-{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. }
-
-procedure SDL_CloseAudio;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ CD-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
- SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. }
-
-function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives}
-
-{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
- Example:
- "/dev/cdrom"
- "E:"
- "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" }
-
-function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName}
-
-{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success,
- or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM
- becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
- CD-ROM handle.
- Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. }
-
-function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen}
-
-{ This function returns the current status of the given drive.
- If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
- play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. }
-
-function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus}
-
-{ Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
- tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
- until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks.
- This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
- get track information about the CD.
-
- For example:
- // Play entire CD:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- // Play last track:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
- begin
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
- end;
-
- // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
- if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
- SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
-
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame:
- Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks}
-
-
-{ Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
- It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay}
-
-// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause}
-
-// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume}
-
-// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop}
-
-// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error
-function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject}
-
-// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive
-procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose}
-
-// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive
-function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive}
-
-// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
-procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
- F: Integer);
-{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF}
-function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ JoyStick-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system }
-function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks}
-
-{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
- This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. }
-function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName}
-
-{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
- the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will
- identify this joystick in future joystick events.
-
- This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. }
-function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen}
-
-{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. }
-function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened}
-
-{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. }
-function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex}
-
-{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes}
-
-{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
- Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
- with them and their state cannot be polled. }
-function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls}
-
-
-{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats}
-
-{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick }
-function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons}
-
-{ Update the current state of the open joysticks.
- This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
- events are enabled. }
-
-procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;}
-
-{ Enable/disable joystick event polling.
- If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
- yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
- information.
- The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState}
-
-{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
- The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
- The axis indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis}
-
-{ The hat indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat}
-
-{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll
- This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
- The ball indices start at index 0. }
-
-function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall}
-
-{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick
- The button indices start at index 0. }
-function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton}
-
-{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() }
-procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ event-handling }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
- This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
- This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. }
-
-procedure SDL_PumpEvents;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;}
-
-{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
- If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
- the back of the event queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
- be removed from the queue.
- If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
- of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
- removed from the queue.
- This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
- if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. }
-
-function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents}
-
-{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
- events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
- event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
-
-function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent}
-
-{ Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
- was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next
- event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
-
-function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent}
-
-function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent}
-
-{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
- If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
- internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
- dynamically arriving events.
-
- WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
- it may run in a different thread!
-
- There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The
- event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
- application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
- be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
- If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
- internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. }
-procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter}
-
-{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
- If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. }
-
-function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter}
-
-{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
- from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
- If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- current processing state of the specified event. }
-
-function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Version Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
- version of the SDL library. }
-procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION}
-
-{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
- (1,2,3) -> (1203)
- This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels }
-
-function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM}
-
-// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version
-function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION}
-
-// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z
-function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST}
-
-{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
- it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
- use the SDL_Version() macro. }
-
-function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ video }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
- have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
- You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
-
- SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
- to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
- pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
- Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
-
- If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
- SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
- you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. }
-
-function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit}
-procedure SDL_VideoQuit;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit}
-
-{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
- video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
- been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
-
-function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName}
-
-{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
- If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
- function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
- surface. }
-
-function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface}
-
-{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
- video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
- member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
- "best" video mode. }
-function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo}
-
-{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
- It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
- or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
- given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
- one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
- but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
-
- The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
- SDL_SetVideoMode() }
-
-function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK}
-
-{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
- given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns
- NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
- or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
-
- if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
- by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt }
-
-function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes}
-
-
-{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
-
- If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
-
- If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
- requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
- available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
- is not natively available.
-
- If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
- video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
- in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface
- will be created in system memory.
-
- If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
- updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
- SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
-
- If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
- that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
- Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
- of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
- at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
- If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
- i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
- under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
-
- If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
- a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode
- if the current graphics system has a window manager.
- If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
- will be set in the surface that is returned.
-
- If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
- two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
- SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
- scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
- memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by
- applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
-
- This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. }
-
-function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode}
-
-
-{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
- If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
- screen.
- These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. }
-
-procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects}
-procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect}
-
-
-{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
- and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
- video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
- On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
- to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
- setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
- This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.}
-
-function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip}
-
-{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
- The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
-
- If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
- be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this
- function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. }
-
-function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma}
-
-{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
- of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
- representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
- The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
- gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
-
- You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
- If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
- hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
- this function will return -1. }
-
-function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp}
-
-{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
-
- You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
- Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
- If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or
- hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
- this function will return -1. }
-
-function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp}
-
-{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface'
- is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
- If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
- return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
- it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
- determine the actual color palette.
-
- When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
- display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If
- SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
- will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
- you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
- emulation. }
-
-
-function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors}
-
-{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
- 'flags' is one or both of:
- SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
- to/from the surface,
- SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
- the screen
- Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
- palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
-
- The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
- otherwise.
-
- SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
- flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). }
-
-function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette}
-
-{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format }
-function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB}
-
-{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format }
-function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA}
-
-{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format }
-procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB}
-
-{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format }
-procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA}
-
-{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
- If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
- If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
- flags '[RGB]mask'.
- If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
-
- The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
- SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
- SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
- with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces
- that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
- when being blitted to the display surface.
- SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
- this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
- SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
- If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
- two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
- video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
- acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
- SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
- if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
- two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
- if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
- If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
- but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
- and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
- the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
- If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
- will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some
- reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
- the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. }
-
-function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
- RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface}
-
-function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface}
-
-function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch
- : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom}
-
-procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface}
-
-function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock}
-{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
- Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
- to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
- 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
- use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
-
- Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
- to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
- pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the
- SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
- will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
-
- No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
- pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
-
- SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. }
-function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface}
-
-procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface}
-
-{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
- If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
- Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
- The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). }
-function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW}
-
-// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file
-function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP}
-
-{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
- If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
- Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW}
-
-// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file
-function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP}
-
-{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
- If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
- 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
- SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
- and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
- If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
- This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
-
-function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey}
-
-{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
- using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
- of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
- being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
- opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
- that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
-
- If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
- If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
- OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
- surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. }
-
-
-function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha}
-
-{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
-
- If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
- If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
- return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
- function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
- the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
-
- Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
- and destination surfaces. }
-procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect}
-
-{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
- 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
- with the correct values. }
-procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect}
-
-{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
- the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
- fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
-
- The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
- semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
- SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
- surface.
-
- This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). }
-
-function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface}
-
-{
- This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
- surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
- the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
- surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
- in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
- If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
-
- The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
-
- The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
- are defined as follows:
-
- RGBA->RGB:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB.
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
- comparison.
-
- RGB->RGBA:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
- set destination alpha to opaque.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque.
- both:
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- source colour key.
-
- RGBA->RGBA:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
- leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
- SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy all of RGBA to the destination.
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
- comparison.
-
- RGB->RGB:
- SDL_SRCALPHA set:
- alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
- SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
- copy RGB.
- both:
- if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
- source colour key.
-
- If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
- the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
- re-blitted:
- while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do
- begin
- while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do
- Sleep(10);
- -- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
- SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
- end;
-
- This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
- fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access
- to the video memory again. }
-
-{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
- blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. }
-
-function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface}
-
-{ This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
- rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() }
-function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit}
-
-{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- blitting only. }
-function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit}
-
-{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
- The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
- and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
- If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
- The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
- can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
- This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect}
-
-{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
- pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
- blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
-
- If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
- acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
- calling this function.
-
- If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
-
-function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat}
-
-{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
- pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
- suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
- The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
-
- If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
- acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
- calling this function.
-
- If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
-
-
-function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha}
-
-//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
-//* YUV video surface overlay functions */
-//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
-
-{ This function creates a video output overlay
- Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
- the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
- is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. }
-
-function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay}
-
-// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done
-function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay}
-
-procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl;
-external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay}
-
-
-{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
- The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
- not defined.
- The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
- that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. }
-
-function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay}
-
-// Free a video overlay
-procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ OpenGL Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
-
- SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
- but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
- If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
- your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
-
- This is disabled in default builds of SDL. }
-
-
-function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary}
-
-{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) }
-function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress}
-
-{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. }
-function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute}
-
-{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
- interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
- the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
- stores the values you request before initialization.
-
- Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
- themselves if they want to retrieve these values. }
-
-function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute}
-
-{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. }
-
-procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;}
-
-{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
- and understood the source code for these functions. }
-
-procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects}
-procedure SDL_GL_Lock;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;}
-procedure SDL_GL_Unlock;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;}
-
-{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
-{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. *}
-{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
-
-{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window }
-procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption}
-procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption}
-
-{ Sets the icon for the display window.
- This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
- It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
- If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. }
-procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: UInt8);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon}
-
-{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
- If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
- This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. }
-
-function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow}
-
-{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
- If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
- the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
-
- If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
- running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
- If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
-
- The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
- attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
- set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
-
- This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. }
-
-function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen}
-
-{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
- and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
- and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. }
-
-function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ mouse-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
- The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y. }
-
-function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState}
-
-{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
- The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). }
-function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState}
-
-{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) }
-procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse}
-
-{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
- The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
-
- The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
- data mask resulting pixel on screen
- 0 1 White
- 1 1 Black
- 0 0 Transparent
- 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not.
-
- Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). }
-function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor}
-
-{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
- If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
- represented on the display. }
-procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor}
-
-{ Returns the currently active cursor. }
-function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor}
-
-{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). }
-procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor}
-
-{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
- The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
- SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
- before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current
- state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. }
-function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor}
-
-function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Keyboard-routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
- This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
- If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
- If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
- If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
- It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. }
-function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE}
-
-{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. }
-function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat}
-
-procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat}
-
-{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
- Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
- Used:
-
- UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
- if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed }
-
-function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState}
-
-{ Get the current key modifier state }
-function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState}
-
-{ Set the current key modifier state
- This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. }
-procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState}
-
-{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym }
-function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Active Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
- bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
- SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
- see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. }
-
-function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState}
-
-
-{ Mutex functions }
-
-{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked }
-
-function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex}
-
-{ Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
-
- function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
- cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP}
-
-function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex}
-
-{ Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
-function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV}
-
-function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex}
-
-{ Destroy a mutex }
-procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Semaphore functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. }
-function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore}
-
-
-{ Destroy a semaphore }
-procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore}
-
-{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
- to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
- count. }
-
-function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait}
-
-{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
- SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
- the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
- the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
- of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
-
-function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
- or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
-
-{ Returns the current count of the semaphore }
-
-function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Condition variable functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Create a condition variable }
-function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond}
-
-{ Destroy a condition variable }
-procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond}
-
-{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
- returns 0 or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal}
-
-{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
- returns 0 or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast}
-
-
-{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
- The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
- Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. }
-
-function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait}
-
-{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
- variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
- signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
- On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
- of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
-
-function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout}
-
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-{ Condition variable functions }
-{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
-
-{ Create a thread }
-function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread}
-
-{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread }
-function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID}
-
-{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
- equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. }
-function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID}
-
-{ Wait for a thread to finish.
- The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
- pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. }
-
-procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread}
-
-{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state }
-procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread);
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{ Get Environment Routines }
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
-cdecl;
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{$IFDEF Unix}
-{$IFDEF FPC}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
-cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv';
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment }
-//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
-function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv}
-
-// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
-// SDL_putenv as it it more portable
-//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
-//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv}
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment }
-//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
-function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv}
-
-// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
-// SDL_getenv as it it more portable
-//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv}
-
-{*
- * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
- * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
- * returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or
- * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
- *}
-function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo}
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-//SDL_loadso.h
-{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
- * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
- * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
- *}
-function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject}
-
-{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
- * named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
- * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
- *}
-function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction}
-
-{* Unload a shared object from memory *}
-procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
-cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject}
-
-
-
-{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
-
-function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
-{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32}
-
-{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference
- to nil. Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. }
-procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
-
-{ Exit procedure handling }
-
-{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit
- procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are
- executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed
- to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. }
-procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
-
-// Bitwise Checking functions
-function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
-
-function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-
-function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-
-implementation
-
-{$IFDEF __GPC__}
- {$L 'sdl'} { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a }
-{$ENDIF}
-
-function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]);
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
-begin
- {$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
- SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM);
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n);
-end;
-
-function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
-begin
- Result := context^.close(context);
-end;
-
-function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
-begin
- Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen);
-end;
-
-function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool;
-begin
- Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR );
-end;
-
-procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
- F: Integer);
-var
- value: Integer;
-begin
- value := frames;
- F := value mod CD_FPS;
- value := value div CD_FPS;
- S := value mod 60;
- value := value div 60;
- M := value;
-end;
-
-function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F;
-end;
-
-procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
-begin
- X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;
- X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION;
- X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL;
-end;
-
-function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
-begin
- Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z;
-end;
-
-function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL
- );
-end;
-
-function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool;
-begin
- Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z));
-end;
-
-function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1);
-end;
-
-function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst:
- PSDL_Surface;
- dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect);
-end;
-
-function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
- RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
-begin
- Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask,
- BMask, AMask);
-end;
-
-function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
-begin
- Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or
- ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) );
-end;
-
-function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex);
-end;
-
-function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex);
-end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__};
-{$ENDIF}
-
-
-function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer;
-begin
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
- Result := _putenv(variable);
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$IFDEF UNIX}
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- Result := _putenv(variable);
- {$ELSE}
- Result := libc.putenv(variable);
- {$ENDIF}
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar;
-cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF};
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-
-function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
-begin
- {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
-
- {$IFDEF __GPC__}
- Result := getenv( string( name ) );
- {$ELSE}
- Result := getenv( name );
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ELSE}
-
- {$IFDEF UNIX}
-
- {$IFDEF FPC}
- Result := fpgetenv(name);
- {$ELSE}
- Result := libc.getenv(name);
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ENDIF}
-
- {$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
-begin
- Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 );
-end;
-
-function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
-begin
- Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24));
-end;
-
-procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
-var
- Temp: TObject;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-begin
-{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
-{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
- Temp := TObject(Obj);
- Pointer(Obj) := nil;
- Temp.Free;
-{$ENDIF}
-{$ENDIF}
-end;
-
-{ Exit procedure handling }
-type
- PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo;
- TExitProcInfo = record
- Next: PExitProcInfo;
- SaveExit: Pointer;
- Proc: TProcedure;
- end;
-
-var
- ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil;
-
-procedure DoExitProc;
-var
- P: PExitProcInfo;
- Proc: TProcedure;
-begin
- P := ExitProcList;
- ExitProcList := P^.Next;
- ExitProc := P^.SaveExit;
- Proc := P^.Proc;
- Dispose(P);
- Proc;
-end;
-
-procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
-var
- P: PExitProcInfo;
-begin
- New(P);
- P^.Next := ExitProcList;
- P^.SaveExit := ExitProc;
- P^.Proc := Proc;
- ExitProcList := P;
- ExitProc := @DoExitProc;
-end;
-
-function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
-begin
- result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 );
-end;
-
-function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-begin
- result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) );
-end;
-
-function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
-begin
- result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) );
-end;
-
-end.
-
-
+unit sdl; +{ + $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage Exp $ + +} +{******************************************************************************} +{ } +{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } +{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers } +{ } +{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are } +{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga } +{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. } +{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) } +{ } +{ All Rights Reserved. } +{ } +{ The original files are : SDL.h } +{ SDL_main.h } +{ SDL_types.h } +{ SDL_rwops.h } +{ SDL_timer.h } +{ SDL_audio.h } +{ SDL_cdrom.h } +{ SDL_joystick.h } +{ SDL_mouse.h } +{ SDL_keyboard.h } +{ SDL_events.h } +{ SDL_video.h } +{ SDL_byteorder.h } +{ SDL_version.h } +{ SDL_active.h } +{ SDL_thread.h } +{ SDL_mutex .h } +{ SDL_getenv.h } +{ SDL_loadso.h } +{ } +{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } +{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } +{ } +{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } +{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis. } +{ } +{ } +{ Contributor(s) } +{ -------------- } +{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> His Project inspired this conversion } +{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de> } +{ } +{ Obtained through: } +{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } +{ } +{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } +{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } +{ } +{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } +{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } +{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } +{ obtain a copy of the License at } +{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } +{ } +{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } +{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } +{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } +{ rights and limitations under the License. } +{ } +{ Description } +{ ----------- } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ Requires } +{ -------- } +{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } +{ They are available from... } +{ http://www.libsdl.org . } +{ } +{ Programming Notes } +{ ----------------- } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ } +{ Revision History } +{ ---------------- } +{ May 08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to } +{ use ) } +{ PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; } +{ TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; } +{ As most games will need it. } +{ } +{ April 02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version } +{ 1.2.0 compatability. } +{ } +{ March 13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility. } +{ } +{ March 10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES } +{ Changed the license header } +{ } +{ March 09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem } +{ } +{ March 01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8 } +{ } +{ July 22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions } +{ from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange. } +{ } +{ October 12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and } +{ David Acklam } +{ } +{ October 24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from } +{ Dean Ellis. } +{ } +{ October 27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro } +{ } +{ November 08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon. } +{ } +{ November 29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon} +{ Rushton. } +{ } +{ November 30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. } +{ } +{ December 11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in } +{ Components } +{ } +{ January 05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias } +{ Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from } +{ MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention } +{ } +{ January 25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer & } +{ SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias } +{ Thoma. } +{ } +{ January 27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv } +{ So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv } +{ SDL_getenv, as they are more portable } +{ } +{ March 05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users. } +{ } +{ October 23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32. } +{ If you intend to you Delphi 3... } +{ ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you } +{ remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other} +{ SDL files. } +{ } +{ November 29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was } +{ pointed out by Todd Lang } +{ } +{ April 03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more } +{ Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included } +{ for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously } +{ continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal. } +{ } +{ April 08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support } +{ } +{ April 24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added} +{ better TMT Pascal support and under instruction } +{ from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),} +{ I have added better Gnu Pascal support } +{ } +{ April 30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA } +{ Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support. } +{ This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set } +{ include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/* } +{ } +{ + $Log: sdl.pas,v $ + Revision 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage + Added SDL_BUTTON_X1 and SDL_BUTTON_X2 constants for extended mouse buttons. Now makes SDL v1.2.13 compliant. + + Revision 1.37 2007/12/20 22:36:56 savage + Added SKYOS support, thanks to Sebastian-Torsten Tillmann + + Revision 1.36 2007/12/05 22:52:04 savage + Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks. + + Revision 1.35 2007/12/02 22:41:13 savage + Change for Mac OS X to link to SDL Framework + + Revision 1.34 2007/08/26 23:50:53 savage + Jonas supplied another fix. + + Revision 1.33 2007/08/26 15:59:46 savage + Mac OS changes as suggested by Jonas Maebe + + Revision 1.32 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage + Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch. + + Revision 1.31 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage + Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility. + + Revision 1.30 2007/05/29 19:31:03 savage + Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold) + + Revision 1.29 2007/05/20 20:29:11 savage + Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits + + Revision 1.26 2007/02/11 13:38:04 savage + Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean. + + Revision 1.25 2006/12/02 00:12:52 savage + Updated to latest version + + Revision 1.24 2006/05/18 21:10:04 savage + Added 1.2.10 Changes + + Revision 1.23 2005/12/04 23:17:52 drellis + Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8 + + Revision 1.22 2005/05/24 21:59:03 savage + Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis. + + Revision 1.21 2005/05/22 18:42:31 savage + Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again. + + Revision 1.20 2005/04/10 11:48:33 savage + Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks. + + Revision 1.19 2005/01/05 01:47:06 savage + Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively. + + Revision 1.18 2005/01/04 23:14:41 savage + Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively. + + Revision 1.17 2005/01/03 18:40:59 savage + Updated Version number to reflect latest one + + Revision 1.16 2005/01/01 02:02:06 savage + Updated to v1.2.8 + + Revision 1.15 2004/12/24 18:57:11 savage + forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed + + Revision 1.14 2004/12/23 23:42:18 savage + Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability. + + Revision 1.13 2004/09/30 22:31:59 savage + Updated with slightly different header comments + + Revision 1.12 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage + Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes. + + Revision 1.11 2004/08/14 22:54:30 savage + Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X. + + Revision 1.10 2004/07/20 23:57:33 savage + Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures. + In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously. + + Revision 1.9 2004/07/03 22:07:22 savage + Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct. + + Revision 1.8 2004/05/10 14:10:03 savage + Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ). + + Revision 1.7 2004/04/13 09:32:08 savage + Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary. + + Revision 1.6 2004/04/01 20:53:23 savage + Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site. + + Revision 1.5 2004/02/22 15:32:10 savage + SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out. + + Revision 1.4 2004/02/21 23:24:29 savage + SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug, + + Revision 1.3 2004/02/18 22:35:51 savage + Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability + Thus... + Added SDL_GL_STEREO, + SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, + SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES + + Add DLL/Shared object functions + function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer; + + function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer; + + procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer ); + + Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem() + function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops; + + Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types. + + Revision 1.2 2004/02/17 21:37:12 savage + Tidying up of units + + Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage + Module 1.0 release + +} +{******************************************************************************} + +{$I jedi-sdl.inc} + +interface + +uses +{$IFDEF __GPC__} + system, + {$IFDEF WINDOWS} + wintypes, + {$ELSE} + {$ENDIF} + gpc; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} + Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + Windows; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF UNIX} + {$IFDEF FPC} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + pthreads, + {$ENDIF} + baseunix, + {$IFNDEF GP2X} + {$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + unix, + {$ELSE} + unix; + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + unix; + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + unix; + {$ENDIF} + {$IFNDEF GP2X} + {$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + x, + xlib; + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + Libc, + Xlib; + {$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF __MACH__} + GPCMacOSAll; +{$ENDIF} + +{$ifndef FPC} +type + PtrInt = LongInt; + PtrUInt = LongWord; +{$endif} + +const +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll'; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF UNIX} +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib'; +{$ELSE} + {$IFDEF FPC} + SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so'; + {$ELSE} + SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0'; + {$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF MACOS} + SDLLibName = 'SDL'; + {$linklib libSDL} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF NDS} + SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a'; + {$linklib libSDL.a} + {$linklib libnds9.a} + {$linklib libc.a} + {$linklib libgcc.a} + {$linklib libsysbase.a} +{$ENDIF} + + // SDL_verion.h constants + // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL + SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION} + SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION} + SDL_PATCHLEVEL = 13; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL} + + // SDL.h constants + SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER} + SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO} + SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO} + SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM} + SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK} + SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE} + SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD} + SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING} + + // SDL_error.h constants + ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128; +{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN} + ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5; +{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS} + + // SDL_types.h constants + SDL_PRESSED = $01; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED} + SDL_RELEASED = $00; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED} + + // SDL_timer.h constants + // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds + SDL_TIMESLICE = 10; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE} + // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms + TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined +{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION} + + // SDL_audio.h constants + AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8} + AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8} + AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB} + AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB} + AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB} + AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB} + AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16} + AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16} + + + // SDL_cdrom.h constants + // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk + SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS} + // The types of CD-ROM track possible + SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK} + SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK} + + // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa + CD_FPS = 75; +{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS} + // SDL_byteorder.h constants + // The two types of endianness + SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN} + SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN} + +{$IFDEF IA32} + + SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER} + // Native audio byte ordering + AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS} + AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS} + +{$ELSE} + + SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER} + // Native audio byte ordering + AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS} + AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB; +{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS} + +{$ENDIF} + + + SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME} + + // SDL_joystick.h constants + MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API +{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS} + MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes +{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES} + MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons +{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS} + AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate +{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN} + AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate +{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX} + JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion +{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD} + //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n) (1<<n) + // array to hold joystick ID values + //static UInt SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS]; + //static JOYCAPS SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS]; + + { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick + The return value is one of the following positions: } + SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED} + SDL_HAT_UP = $01; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP} + SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT} + SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN} + SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT} + SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP} + SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN} + SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP} + SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN} + + // SDL_events.h constants + SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT} + SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT} + SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN} + SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP} + SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION} + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN} + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP} + SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION} + SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION} + SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION} + SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN} + SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP} + SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict ) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT} + SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED} + SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE} + SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6} + SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use.. +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7} + // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use + SDL_USEREVENT = 24; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT} + // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays + // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32 + SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS} + + SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS} + + SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK} + SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK} + SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK} + SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK} + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK} + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK} + SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or + 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or + 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK} + SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK} + SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK} + SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK} + SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK} + SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK} + SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or + 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or + 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or + 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or + 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK} + SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK} + SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK} + SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK} + + { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events. + If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped + from the event queue and will not event be filtered. + If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally. + If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the + current processing state of the specified event. } + + SDL_QUERY = -1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY} + SDL_IGNORE = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE} + SDL_DISABLE = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE} + SDL_ENABLE = 1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE} + + //SDL_keyboard.h constants + // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings + SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS} + +{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off. + 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is + pressed, and keyboard repeat begins. + 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. } + + SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY} + SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL} + + // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII + SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN} + SDLK_FIRST = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST} + SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE} + SDLK_TAB = 9; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB} + SDLK_CLEAR = 12; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR} + SDLK_RETURN = 13; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN} + SDLK_PAUSE = 19; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE} + SDLK_ESCAPE = 27; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE} + SDLK_SPACE = 32; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE} + SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM} + SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL} + SDLK_HASH = 35; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH} + SDLK_DOLLAR = 36; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR} + SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND} + SDLK_QUOTE = 39; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE} + SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN} + SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN} + SDLK_ASTERISK = 42; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK} + SDLK_PLUS = 43; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS} + SDLK_COMMA = 44; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA} + SDLK_MINUS = 45; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS} + SDLK_PERIOD = 46; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD} + SDLK_SLASH = 47; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH} + SDLK_0 = 48; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0} + SDLK_1 = 49; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1} + SDLK_2 = 50; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2} + SDLK_3 = 51; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3} + SDLK_4 = 52; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4} + SDLK_5 = 53; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5} + SDLK_6 = 54; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6} + SDLK_7 = 55; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7} + SDLK_8 = 56; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8} + SDLK_9 = 57; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9} + SDLK_COLON = 58; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON} + SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON} + SDLK_LESS = 60; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS} + SDLK_EQUALS = 61; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS} + SDLK_GREATER = 62; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER} + SDLK_QUESTION = 63; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION} + SDLK_AT = 64; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT} + + { Skip uppercase letters } + + SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET} + SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH} + SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET} + SDLK_CARET = 94; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET} + SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE} + SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE} + SDLK_a = 97; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a} + SDLK_b = 98; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b} + SDLK_c = 99; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c} + SDLK_d = 100; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d} + SDLK_e = 101; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e} + SDLK_f = 102; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f} + SDLK_g = 103; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g} + SDLK_h = 104; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h} + SDLK_i = 105; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i} + SDLK_j = 106; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j} + SDLK_k = 107; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k} + SDLK_l = 108; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l} + SDLK_m = 109; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m} + SDLK_n = 110; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n} + SDLK_o = 111; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o} + SDLK_p = 112; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p} + SDLK_q = 113; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q} + SDLK_r = 114; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r} + SDLK_s = 115; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s} + SDLK_t = 116; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t} + SDLK_u = 117; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u} + SDLK_v = 118; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v} + SDLK_w = 119; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w} + SDLK_x = 120; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x} + SDLK_y = 121; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y} + SDLK_z = 122; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z} + SDLK_DELETE = 127; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE} + // End of ASCII mapped keysyms + + // International keyboard syms + SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0 +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0} + SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1} + SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2} + SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3} + SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4} + SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5} + SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6} + SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7} + SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8} + SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9} + SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10} + SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11} + SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12} + SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13} + SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14} + SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15} + SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16} + SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17} + SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18} + SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19} + SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20} + SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21} + SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22} + SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23} + SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24} + SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25} + SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26} + SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27} + SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28} + SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29} + SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30} + SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31} + SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32} + SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33} + SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34} + SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35} + SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36} + SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37} + SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38} + SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39} + SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40} + SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41} + SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42} + SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43} + SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44} + SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45} + SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46} + SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47} + SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48} + SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49} + SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50} + SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51} + SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52} + SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53} + SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54} + SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55} + SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56} + SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57} + SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58} + SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59} + SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60} + SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61} + SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62} + SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63} + SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64} + SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65} + SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66} + SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67} + SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68} + SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69} + SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70} + SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71} + SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72} + SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73} + SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74} + SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75} + SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76} + SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77} + SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78} + SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79} + SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80} + SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81} + SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82} + SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83} + SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84} + SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85} + SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86} + SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87} + SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88} + SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89} + SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90} + SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91} + SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92} + SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93} + SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94} + SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95} + + // Numeric keypad + SDLK_KP0 = 256; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0} + SDLK_KP1 = 257; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1} + SDLK_KP2 = 258; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2} + SDLK_KP3 = 259; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3} + SDLK_KP4 = 260; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4} + SDLK_KP5 = 261; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5} + SDLK_KP6 = 262; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6} + SDLK_KP7 = 263; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7} + SDLK_KP8 = 264; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8} + SDLK_KP9 = 265; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9} + SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD} + SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE} + SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY} + SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS} + SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS} + SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER} + SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS} + + // Arrows + Home/End pad + SDLK_UP = 273; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP} + SDLK_DOWN = 274; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN} + SDLK_RIGHT = 275; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT} + SDLK_LEFT = 276; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT} + SDLK_INSERT = 277; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT} + SDLK_HOME = 278; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME} + SDLK_END = 279; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END} + SDLK_PAGEUP = 280; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP} + SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN} + + // Function keys + SDLK_F1 = 282; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1} + SDLK_F2 = 283; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2} + SDLK_F3 = 284; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3} + SDLK_F4 = 285; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4} + SDLK_F5 = 286; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5} + SDLK_F6 = 287; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6} + SDLK_F7 = 288; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7} + SDLK_F8 = 289; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8} + SDLK_F9 = 290; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9} + SDLK_F10 = 291; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10} + SDLK_F11 = 292; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11} + SDLK_F12 = 293; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12} + SDLK_F13 = 294; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13} + SDLK_F14 = 295; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14} + SDLK_F15 = 296; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15} + + // Key state modifier keys + SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK} + SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK} + SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK} + SDLK_RSHIFT = 303; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT} + SDLK_LSHIFT = 304; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT} + SDLK_RCTRL = 305; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL} + SDLK_LCTRL = 306; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL} + SDLK_RALT = 307; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT} + SDLK_LALT = 308; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT} + SDLK_RMETA = 309; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA} + SDLK_LMETA = 310; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA} + SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER} + SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER} + SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE} + SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE} + + // Miscellaneous function keys + SDLK_HELP = 315; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP} + SDLK_PRINT = 316; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT} + SDLK_SYSREQ = 317; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ} + SDLK_BREAK = 318; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK} + SDLK_MENU = 319; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU} + SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER} + SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO} + +{$IFDEF GP2X} +SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP} +SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT} +SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT} +SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT} +SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN} +SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT} +SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT} +SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT} +SDLK_GP2X_START = 8; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START} +SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT} +SDLK_GP2X_L = 10; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L} +SDLK_GP2X_R = 11; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R} +SDLK_GP2X_A = 12; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A} +SDLK_GP2X_B = 13; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B} +SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y} +SDLK_GP2X_X = 15; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X} +SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP} +SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN} +SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK} +{$ENDIF} + + // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together) + KMOD_NONE = $0000; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE} + KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT} + KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT} + KMOD_LCTRL = $0040; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL} + KMOD_RCTRL = $0080; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL} + KMOD_LALT = $0100; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT} + KMOD_RALT = $0200; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT} + KMOD_LMETA = $0400; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA} + KMOD_RMETA = $0800; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA} + KMOD_NUM = $1000; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM} + KMOD_CAPS = $2000; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS} + KMOD_MODE = 44000; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE} + KMOD_RESERVED = $8000; +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED} + + KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL); +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL} + KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT); +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT} + KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT); +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT} + KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA); +{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META} + + //SDL_video.h constants + // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */ + SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE} + SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT} + + // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface + // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode() + SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE} + SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE} + SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT} + // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode() + SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT} + SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE} + SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF} + SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN} + SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL} + SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT} + SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE} + SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME} + // Used internally (read-only) + SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL} + SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY} + SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK} + SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL} + SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA} + SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING} + SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC} + + { The most common video overlay formats. + For an explanation of these pixel formats, see: + http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm + + For information on the relationship between color spaces, see: + http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html } + + SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY} + SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY} + SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY} + SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY} + SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY} + + // flags for SDL_SetPalette() + SDL_LOGPAL = $01; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL} + SDL_PHYSPAL = $02; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL} + + //SDL_mouse.h constants + { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate + Button 1: Left mouse button + Button 2: Middle mouse button + Button 3: Right mouse button + Button 4: Mouse Wheel Up (may also be a real button) + Button 5: Mouse Wheel Down (may also be a real button) + Button 6: Mouse X1 (may also be a real button) + Button 7: Mouse X2 (may also be a real button) + } + SDL_BUTTON_LEFT = 1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT} + SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE} + SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT = 3; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT} + SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP = 4; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP} + SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN} + SDL_BUTTON_X1 = 6; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1} + SDL_BUTTON_X2 = 7; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2} + + SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK} + SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK} + SDL_BUTTON_RMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMASK} + SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X1 - 1); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK} + SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X2 - 1); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK} + + // SDL_active.h constants + // The available application states + SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS} + SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS} + SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE} + + // SDL_mutex.h constants + // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value + // they time out. + + SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT} + + // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out + SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT} + + {TSDL_GrabMode = ( + SDL_GRAB_QUERY, + SDL_GRAB_OFF, + SDL_GRAB_ON, + SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN ); // Used internally} + SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1; + SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0; + SDL_GRAB_ON = 1; + //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally + +type + THandle = Cardinal; + //SDL_types.h types + // Basic data types + + SDL_Bool = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE); + TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool; + + PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array; + PUInt8 = ^UInt8; + PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8; + UInt8 = Byte; +{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8} + TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8; + + PUInt16 = ^UInt16; + UInt16 = word; +{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16} + + PSInt8 = ^SInt8; + SInt8 = Shortint; +{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8} + + PSInt16 = ^SInt16; + SInt16 = smallint; +{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16} + + PUInt32 = ^UInt32; + UInt32 = Cardinal; +{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32} + + SInt32 = Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32} + + PInt = ^Integer; + + PShortInt = ^ShortInt; + + PUInt64 = ^UInt64; + UInt64 = record + hi: UInt32; + lo: UInt32; + end; +{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64} + + PSInt64 = ^SInt64; + SInt64 = record + hi: UInt32; + lo: UInt32; + end; +{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64} + + TSDL_GrabMode = Integer; + + // SDL_error.h types + TSDL_errorcode = ( + SDL_ENOMEM, + SDL_EFREAD, + SDL_EFWRITE, + SDL_EFSEEK, + SDL_LASTERROR); + + SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode} + + TArg = record + case Byte of + 0: (value_ptr: Pointer); + (* #if 0 means: never + 1 : ( value_c : Byte ); + *) + 2: (value_i: Integer); + 3: (value_f: double); + 4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte); + end; + + PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error; + TSDL_error = record + { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error } + error: Integer; + + { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing + internationalized versions of the SDL error messages. If the key + is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is + used directly as an error message format string. } + key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte; + + { These are the arguments for the error functions } + argc: Integer; + args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg; + end; + + // SDL_rwops.h types + // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic + // some helper types to handle the unions + // "packed" is only guessed + + TStdio = record + autoclose: Integer; + // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer + fp: Pointer; + end; + + TMem = record + base: PUInt8; + here: PUInt8; + stop: PUInt8; + end; + + TUnknown = record + data1: Pointer; + end; + + // first declare the pointer type + PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops; + // now the pointer to function types + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl; + TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; cdecl; + TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl; + TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; + TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; + TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; + TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; + {$ENDIF} + // the variant record itself + TSDL_RWops = record + seek: TSeek; + read: TRead; + write: TWrite; + close: TClose; + // a keyword as name is not allowed + type_: UInt32; + // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point + case Integer of + 0: (stdio: TStdio); + 1: (mem: TMem); + 2: (unknown: TUnknown); + end; + + SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops} + + + // SDL_timer.h types + // Function prototype for the timer callback function + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; + {$ENDIF} + + { New timer API, supports multiple timers + Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> } + + { Function prototype for the new timer callback function. + The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns + the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one + passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is + scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. } + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; + {$ENDIF} + + // Definition of the timer ID type + PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID; + TSDL_TimerID = record + interval: UInt32; + callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; + param: Pointer; + last_alarm: UInt32; + next: PSDL_TimerID; + end; + + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); + {$ENDIF} + + // SDL_audio.h types + // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio() + PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec; + TSDL_AudioSpec = record + freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second + format: UInt16; // Audio data format + channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo + silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated) + samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples + padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments + size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) + { This function is called when the audio device needs more data. + 'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer + 'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes. + Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid. + Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.} + callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback; + userdata: Pointer; + end; + + // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers + PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT; + + PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter; + TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record + cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; + format: UInt16; + end; + + PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray; + TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter; + + TSDL_AudioCVT = record + needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible + src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format + dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format + rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment + buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data + len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer + len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer + len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big + len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio + filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray; + filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function + end; + + TSDL_Audiostatus = ( + SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED, + SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING, + SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED + ); + + // SDL_cdrom.h types + TSDL_CDStatus = ( + CD_ERROR, + CD_TRAYEMPTY, + CD_STOPPED, + CD_PLAYING, + CD_PAUSED ); + + PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack; + TSDL_CDTrack = record + id: UInt8; // Track number + type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track + unused: UInt16; + length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track + offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk + end; + + // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus() + PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD; + TSDL_CD = record + id: Integer; // Private drive identifier + status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status + + // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive + numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk + cur_track: Integer; // Current track position + cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track + track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack; + end; + + //SDL_joystick.h types + PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis; + TTransAxis = record + offset: Integer; + scale: single; + end; + + // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick + PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata; + TJoystick_hwdata = record + // joystick ID + id: Integer; + // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into SDL-standard ranges + transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis; + end; + + PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta; + TBallDelta = record + dx: Integer; + dy: Integer; + end; // Current ball motion deltas + + // The SDL joystick structure + PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick; + TSDL_Joystick = record + index: UInt8; // Device index + name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent + + naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick + axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states + + nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick + hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states + + nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick + balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas + + nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick + buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states + + hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information + + ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens + end; + + // SDL_verion.h types + PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version; + TSDL_version = record + major: UInt8; + minor: UInt8; + patch: UInt8; + end; + + // SDL_keyboard.h types + TSDLKey = LongWord; + + TSDLMod = LongWord; + + PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym; + TSDL_KeySym = record + scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode + sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym + modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers + unicode: UInt16; // translated character + end; + + // SDL_events.h types + {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them. + If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to + the back of the event queue. + If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front + of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not + be removed from the queue. + If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front + of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be + removed from the queue. + This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1 + if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. } + + TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT); + + // Application visibility event structure + TSDL_ActiveEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT + gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0) + state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states + end; + + // Keyboard event structure + TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP + which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index + state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED + keysym: TSDL_KeySym; + end; + + // Mouse motion event structure + TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION + which: UInt8; // The mouse device index + state: UInt8; // The current button state + x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse + xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction + yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction + end; + + // Mouse button event structure + TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP + which: UInt8; // The mouse device index + button: UInt8; // The mouse button index + state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED + x: UInt16; // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time + y: UInt16; // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time + end; + + // Joystick axis motion event structure + TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION + which: UInt8; // The joystick device index + axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index + value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) + end; + + // Joystick trackball motion event structure + TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION + which: UInt8; // The joystick device index + ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index + xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction + yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction + end; + + // Joystick hat position change event structure + TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */ + which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */ + hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */ + value: UInt8; { The hat position value: + 8 1 2 + 7 0 3 + 6 5 4 + + Note that zero means the POV is centered. } + + end; + + // Joystick button event structure + TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP + which: UInt8; // The joystick device index + button: UInt8; // The joystick button index + state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED + end; + + { The "window resized" event + When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video + mode with the new width and height. } + TSDL_ResizeEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE + w: Integer; // New width + h: Integer; // New height + end; + + // The "quit requested" event + PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent; + TSDL_QuitEvent = record + type_: UInt8; + end; + + // A user-defined event type + PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent; + TSDL_UserEvent = record + type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1 + code: Integer; // User defined event code */ + data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */ + data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */ + end; + + // The "screen redraw" event + PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent; + TSDL_ExposeEvent = record + type_ : Uint8; // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE + end; + + {$IFDEF Unix} + //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX + TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ; + {$ENDIF} + +// The windows custom event structure +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; + TSDL_SysWMmsg = record + version: TSDL_version; + h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message + msg: UInt; // The type of message + w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter + lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter + end; +{$ELSE} + +{$IFDEF Unix} +{ The Linux custom event structure } + PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; + TSDL_SysWMmsg = record + version : TSDL_version; + subsystem : TSDL_SysWm; + {$IFDEF FPC} + {$IFNDEF GP2X} + {$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + event : TXEvent; + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + event : XEvent; + {$ENDIF} + end; +{$ELSE} +{ The generic custom event structure } + PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; + TSDL_SysWMmsg = record + version: TSDL_version; + data: Integer; + end; +{$ENDIF} + +{$ENDIF} + +// The Windows custom window manager information structure +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; + TSDL_SysWMinfo = record + version : TSDL_version; + window : HWnd; // The display window + end; +{$ELSE} + +// The Linux custom window manager information structure +{$IFDEF Unix} + {$IFNDEF GP2X} + {$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + TX11 = record + display : PDisplay; // The X11 display + window : TWindow ; // The X11 display window */ + {* These locking functions should be called around + any X11 functions using the display variable. + They lock the event thread, so should not be + called around event functions or from event filters. + *} + lock_func : Pointer; + unlock_func : Pointer; + + // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 + fswindow : TWindow ; // The X11 fullscreen window */ + wmwindow : TWindow ; // The X11 managed input window */ + end; + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + + PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; + TSDL_SysWMinfo = record + version : TSDL_version ; + subsystem : TSDL_SysWm; + {$IFNDEF GP2X} + {$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {$IFNDEF SKYOS} + X11 : TX11; + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + end; +{$ELSE} + // The generic custom window manager information structure + PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; + TSDL_SysWMinfo = record + version : TSDL_version ; + data : integer; + end; +{$ENDIF} + +{$ENDIF} + + PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent; + TSDL_SysWMEvent = record + type_: UInt8; + msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg; + end; + + PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event; + TSDL_Event = record + case UInt8 of + SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte); + SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent); + SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent); + SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent); + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent ); + SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent ); + SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent ); + SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent ); + SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent ); + SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent ); + SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent ); + SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent ); + SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent ); + end; + + +{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they + change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue. + + The filter is protypted as: } + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; + {$ENDIF} + + // SDL_video.h types + // Useful data types + PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect; + PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect; + TSDL_Rect = record + x, y: SInt16; + w, h: UInt16; + end; + + SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect} + + PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color; + TSDL_Color = record + r: UInt8; + g: UInt8; + b: UInt8; + unused: UInt8; + end; + + PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray; + TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color; + + PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette; + TSDL_Palette = record + ncolors: Integer; + colors: PSDL_ColorArray; + end; + + // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only + PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat; + TSDL_PixelFormat = record + palette: PSDL_Palette; + BitsPerPixel: UInt8; + BytesPerPixel: UInt8; + Rloss: UInt8; + Gloss: UInt8; + Bloss: UInt8; + Aloss: UInt8; + Rshift: UInt8; + Gshift: UInt8; + Bshift: UInt8; + Ashift: UInt8; + RMask: UInt32; + GMask: UInt32; + BMask: UInt32; + AMask: UInt32; + colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information + alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha) + end; + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata; + TPrivate_hwdata = record + dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3; + dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3; + end;} + {ELSE} +{$ENDIF} + + // The structure passed to the low level blit functions + PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo; + TSDL_BlitInfo = record + s_pixels: PUInt8; + s_width: Integer; + s_height: Integer; + s_skip: Integer; + d_pixels: PUInt8; + d_width: Integer; + d_height: Integer; + d_skip: Integer; + aux_data: Pointer; + src: PSDL_PixelFormat; + table: PUInt8; + dst: PSDL_PixelFormat; + end; + + // typedef for private surface blitting functions + PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface; + + {$IFNDEF __GPC__} + TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl; + {$ELSE} + TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; + {$ENDIF} + + // The type definition for the low level blit functions + //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl; + + // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits + {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel; + TPrivate_swaccel = record + blit : TSDL_LoBlit; + aux_data : Pointer; + end;} + + // Blit mapping definition + {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap; + TSDL_BlitMap = record + dst : PSDL_Surface; + identity : Integer; + table : PUInt8; + hw_blit : TSDL_Blit; + sw_blit : TSDL_Blit; + hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel; + sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel; + + // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping + format_version : Cardinal; + end;} + + TSDL_Surface = record + flags: UInt32; // Read-only + format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only + w, h: Integer; // Read-only + pitch: UInt16; // Read-only + pixels: Pointer; // Read-write + offset: Integer; // Private + hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata; Hardware-specific surface info + + // clipping information: + clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only + unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility + // Allow recursive locks + locked: UInt32; // Private + // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces + Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; // Private + // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps + format_version: Cardinal; // Private + refcount: Integer; + end; + + // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities + PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo; + TSDL_VideoInfo = record + hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below ) + {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces + wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager? + UnusedBits1: 6;} + blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what + {UnusedBits2: 1; + blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits HW --> HW + blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey + blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha + blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits SW --> HW + blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey + blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha + blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated color fill} + UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point + video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K) + vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface + current_w : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode width + current_h : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode height + end; + + // The YUV hardware video overlay + PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay; + TSDL_Overlay = record + format: UInt32; // Overlay format + w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay + planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3 + pitches: PUInt16; + // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes. + pixels: PPUInt8; + // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used. + hw_overlay: UInt32; + // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated. + end; + + // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes. + TSDL_GLAttr = ( + SDL_GL_RED_SIZE, + SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE, + SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE, + SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE, + SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, + SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, + SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, + SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, + SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE, + SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE, + SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE, + SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE, + SDL_GL_STEREO, + SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, + SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES, + SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL, + SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL); + + + + PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor; + TSDL_Cursor = record + area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor + hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor + data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data + mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask + save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area + wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor + end; + +// SDL_mutex.h types + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; + TSDL_Mutex = record + id: THANDLE; + end; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF Unix} + PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; + TSDL_mutex = record + id: pthread_mutex_t; +{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX} + recursive: Integer; + owner: pthread_t; +{$ENDIF} + end; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF NDS} + PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; + TSDL_Mutex = record + recursive: Integer; + Owner: UInt32; + sem: PSDL_sem; + end; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF __MACH__} + {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES} + // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */ + {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE} +{$ENDIF} + +PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore; +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + // WINDOWS or Machintosh + TSDL_semaphore = record + id: THANDLE; + count: UInt32; + end; +{$ELSE} + {$IFDEF FPC} + // This should be semaphore.h + __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous } + status: Longint; + spinlock: Integer; + end; + + sem_t = {packed} record + __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t; + __sem_value: Integer; + __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;} + end; + {$ENDIF} + + TSDL_semaphore = record + sem: Pointer; //PSem_t; + {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES} + sem_data: Sem_t; + {$ENDIF} + + {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE} + { This is a little hack for MacOS X - + It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing } + sem_value: Integer; + {$ENDIF} + end; +{$ENDIF} + + PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem; + TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore; + + PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond; + TSDL_Cond = record +{$IFDEF Unix} + cond: pthread_cond_t; +{$ELSE} + // Generic Cond structure + lock: PSDL_mutex; + waiting: Integer; + signals: Integer; + wait_sem: PSDL_Sem; + wait_done: PSDL_Sem; +{$ENDIF} + end; + + // SDL_thread.h types +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} + TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF Unix} + TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF NDS} + TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer; +{$ENDIF} + + { This is the system-independent thread info structure } + PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread; + TSDL_Thread = record + threadid: UInt32; + handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle; + status: Integer; + errbuf: TSDL_Error; + data: Pointer; + end; + + // Helper Types + + // Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to use ) + PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; + TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; + + // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas + PInteger = ^Integer; + PByte = ^Byte; + PWord = ^Word; + PLongWord = ^Longword; + + // General arrays + PByteArray = ^TByteArray; + TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte; + + PWordArray = ^TWordArray; + TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word; + + PPoint = ^TPoint; + {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} + TPoint = Types.TPoint; + {$ELSE} + {$IFDEF WINDOWS} + {$IFDEF __GPC__} + TPoint = wintypes.TPoint; + {$ELSE} + TPoint = Windows.TPoint; + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available. + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + + PRect = ^TRect; + {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} + TRect = Types.TRect; + {$ELSE} + {$IFDEF WINDOWS} + {$IFDEF __GPC__} + TRect = wintypes.TRect; + {$ELSE} + TRect = Windows.TRect; + {$ENDIF} + {$ELSE} + //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available. + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} + + { Generic procedure pointer } + TProcedure = procedure; + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ initialization } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes + the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies) + Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup + signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) } + +function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init} + +// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems +function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem} + +// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems +procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem} + +{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have + been initialized. + If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. } + +function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit} + +{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the + dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions. } +procedure SDL_Quit; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit} + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} +// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any +function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF __MACH__} +// This should be called from your main() function, if any +procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals ); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw} +{$ENDIF} + + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ types } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +// The number of elements in a table +function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE} + + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ error-handling } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +// Public functions +function SDL_GetError: PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError} +procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError} +procedure SDL_ClearError; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError} + +{$IFNDEF WINDOWS} +procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error} +{$ENDIF} + +// Private error message function - used internally +procedure SDL_OutOfMemory; + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ io handling } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources + +function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile} +procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW} + +//fp is FILE *fp ??? +function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP} +function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem} +function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem} +function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW} + +function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek} +function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell} +function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead} +function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite} +function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ time-handling } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. } +{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. } +function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks} + +// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning +procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay} + +{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. } +{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs. } +function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer} + +{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. } +{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. } +function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer} + +function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ audio-routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you + have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use. + You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). } + +function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit} +procedure SDL_AudioQuit; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit} + +{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the + current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has + been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. } + +function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName} + +{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and + returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the + structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio + data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the + requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware + audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed + to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread. + + When filling in the desired audio spec structure, + 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second. + 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format. + 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples. + This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio + driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to + range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and + CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead + to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot + fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right + and left channels in LR ordering. + Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the + following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq + 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is + calculated by SDL_OpenAudio(). + 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence, + and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio(). + 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called + when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer + to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer. + This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should + protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio() + and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. + 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback + function. + + The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should + be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready + for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver + may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate + any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. } + +function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio} + +{ Get the current audio state: } +function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus} + +{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing. + It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio + device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize + data for your callback function after opening the audio device. + Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. } + +procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio} + +{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing + that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file, + you could do: + SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...); + + If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec, + filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets + 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data, + and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes. + You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are + done with it. + + This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the + wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is + corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. } + +function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec: + PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW} + +// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file +function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: + PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV} + +{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() } + +procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV} + +{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format + and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed + by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format + to the other. + This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } +function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16; + src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8; + dst_rate: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT} + +{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), + created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of + audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place + to the desired format. + The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer + cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by + SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. } +function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio} + +{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes + them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping. + The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME + for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume. + This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. } + +procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio} + +{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function. + During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the + callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback + function or you will cause deadlock. } +procedure SDL_LockAudio; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio} +procedure SDL_UnlockAudio; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio} + +{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. } + +procedure SDL_CloseAudio; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ CD-routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if + SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. } + +function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives} + +{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM. + Example: + "/dev/cdrom" + "E:" + "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" } + +function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName} + +{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success, + or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM + becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL + CD-ROM handle. + Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. } + +function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen} + +{ This function returns the current status of the given drive. + If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current + play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. } + +function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus} + +{ Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks' + tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play + until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks. + This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to + get track information about the CD. + + For example: + // Play entire CD: + if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then + SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0); + // Play last track: + if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then + begin + SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0); + end; + + // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track: + if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) + SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10); + + This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } + +function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame: + Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks} + + +{ Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames. + It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } + +function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay} + +// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error +function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause} + +// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error +function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume} + +// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error +function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop} + +// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error +function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject} + +// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive +procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose} + +// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive +function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive} + +// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa +procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var + F: Integer); +{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF} +function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ JoyStick-routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system } +function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks} + +{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick. + This can be called before any joysticks are opened. + If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. } +function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName} + +{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to + the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will + identify this joystick in future joystick events. + + This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. } +function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen} + +{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. } +function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened} + +{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. } +function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex} + +{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick } +function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes} + +{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick + Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated + with them and their state cannot be polled. } +function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls} + + +{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick } +function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats} + +{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick } +function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons} + +{ Update the current state of the open joysticks. + This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick + events are enabled. } + +procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;} + +{ Enable/disable joystick event polling. + If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate() + yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick + information. + The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. } + +function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState} + +{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick + The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767. + The axis indices start at index 0. } + +function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis} + +{ The hat indices start at index 0. } + +function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat} + +{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll + This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters. + The ball indices start at index 0. } + +function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall} + +{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick + The button indices start at index 0. } +function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton} + +{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() } +procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ event-handling } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices. + This function updates the event queue and internal input device state. + This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. } + +procedure SDL_PumpEvents; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;} + +{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them. + If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to + the back of the event queue. + If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front + of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not + be removed from the queue. + If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front + of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be + removed from the queue. + This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1 + if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. } + +function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents} + +{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending + events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next + event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. } + +function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent} + +{ Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there + was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next + event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. } + +function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent} + +function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent} + +{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue. + If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the + internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of + dynamically arriving events. + + WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as + it may run in a different thread! + + There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The + event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the + application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will + be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible. + If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the + internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. } +procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter ); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter} + +{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters. + If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. } + +function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter} + +{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events. + If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped + from the event queue and will not event be filtered. + If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally. + If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the + current processing state of the specified event. } + +function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ Version Routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time + version of the SDL library. } +procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version); +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION} + +{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value: + (1,2,3) -> (1203) + This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels } + +function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM} + +// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version +function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION} + +// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z +function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST} + +{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library. + it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should + use the SDL_Version() macro. } + +function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ video } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you + have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use. + You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). + + SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection + to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and + pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode. + Note that event handling is activated by this routine. + + If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call + SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX, + you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. } + +function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit} +procedure SDL_VideoQuit; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit} + +{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the + video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has + been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. } + +function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName} + +{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface. + If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this + function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video + surface. } + +function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface} + +{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the + video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt' + member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the + "best" video mode. } +function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo} + +{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported. + It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth, + or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the + given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the + one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed, + but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface. + + The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to + SDL_SetVideoMode() } + +function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK} + +{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the + given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns + NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format, + or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format. + + if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given + by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt } + +function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes} + + +{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel. + + If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel. + + If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the + requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is + available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it + is not natively available. + + If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in + video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface() + in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface + will be created in system memory. + + If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle + updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels. + SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock. + + If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee + that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get. + Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all + of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look + at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette. + If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set, + i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created + under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag. + + If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set + a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode + if the current graphics system has a window manager. + If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag + will be set in the surface that is returned. + + If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up + two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call + SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering + scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video + memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by + applications that redraw the entire screen on every update. + + This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. } + +function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode} + + +{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen. + If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire + screen. + These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. } + +procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects} +procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect} + + +{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip + and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap + video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return. + On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent + to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0); + The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when + setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping. + This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.} + +function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip} + +{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels. + The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0 + + If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will + be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this + function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. } + +function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma} + +{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels + of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities, + representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel. + The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit + gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision. + + You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged. + If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or + hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails, + this function will return -1. } + +function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp} + +{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables. + + You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities. + Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel. + If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or + hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails, + this function will return -1. } + +function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp} + +{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface' + is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0. + If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will + return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given, + it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to + determine the actual color palette. + + When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the + display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If + SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors() + will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way + you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under + emulation. } + + +function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors} + +{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface. + 'flags' is one or both of: + SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped + to/from the surface, + SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on + the screen + Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical + palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set. + + The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0 + otherwise. + + SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with + flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). } + +function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette} + +{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format } +function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB} + +{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format } +function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA} + +{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format } +procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB} + +{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format } +procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA} + +{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode) + If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface. + If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the + flags '[RGB]mask'. + If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL. + + The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create. + SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory. + SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory, + with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces + that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration + when being blitted to the display surface. + SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with + this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels. + SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock. + SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits. + If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between + two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in + video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware + acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory. + SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and + if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between + two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory + if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory. + If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster, + but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format, + and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use + the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls. + If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE + will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some + reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have + the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. } + +function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; + RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface} + +function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface} + +function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch + : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom} + +procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface} + +function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock} +{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels. + Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write + to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in + 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should + use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it. + + Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates + to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the + pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the + SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you + will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it. + + No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock + pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time. + + SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. } +function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface} + +procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface} + +{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.) + If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read. + Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error. + The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). } +function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW} + +// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file +function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP} + +{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.) + If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written. + Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. } + +function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW} + +// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file +function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP} + +{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface. + If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL), + 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit. + SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present, + and removes RLE acceleration if absent. + If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key. + This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } + +function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey} + +{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to + using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range + of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255 + being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be + opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note + that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency. + + If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface. + If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface. + OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the + surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. } + + +function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha} + +{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit. + + If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled. + If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will + return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the + function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to + the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle. + + Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source + and destination surfaces. } +procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl; +external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect} + +{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit. + 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled + with the correct values. } +procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl; +external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect} + +{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps + the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as + fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL. + + The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those + semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and + SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting + surface. + + This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). } + +function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface} + +{ + This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination + surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are + the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire + surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved + in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed. + If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. + + The blit function should not be called on a locked surface. + + The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey + are defined as follows: + + RGBA->RGB: + SDL_SRCALPHA set: + alpha-blend (using alpha-channel). + SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored. + SDL_SRCALPHA not set: + copy RGB. + if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the + RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the + comparison. + + RGB->RGBA: + SDL_SRCALPHA set: + alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value); + set destination alpha to opaque. + SDL_SRCALPHA not set: + copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque. + both: + if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the + source colour key. + + RGBA->RGBA: + SDL_SRCALPHA set: + alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values; + leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?] + SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored. + SDL_SRCALPHA not set: + copy all of RGBA to the destination. + if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the + RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the + comparison. + + RGB->RGB: + SDL_SRCALPHA set: + alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value). + SDL_SRCALPHA not set: + copy RGB. + both: + if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the + source colour key. + + If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2, + the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and + re-blitted: + while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do + begin + while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do + Sleep(10); + -- Write image pixels to image->pixels -- + SDL_UnlockSurface(image); + end; + + This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your + fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access + to the video memory again. } + +{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL + blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. } + +function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface} + +{ This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs + rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() } +function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit} + +{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface + blitting only. } +function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit} + +{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color' + The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area + and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer. + If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color' + The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and + can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function. + This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. } + +function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect} + +{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the + pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast + blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface() + + If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit + acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before + calling this function. + + If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL } + +function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl; +external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat} + +{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the + pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible), + suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface. + The new surface will always have an alpha channel. + + If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit + acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before + calling this function. + + If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL } + + +function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl; +external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha} + +//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */ +//* YUV video surface overlay functions */ +//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */ + +{ This function creates a video output overlay + Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because + the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay + is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. } + +function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay} + +// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done +function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay} + +procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl; +external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay} + + +{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface. + The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are + not defined. + The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from + that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. } + +function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay} + +// Free a video overlay +procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ OpenGL Routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL. + + SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default, + but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime. + If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in + your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(). + + This is disabled in default builds of SDL. } + + +function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary} + +{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) } +function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress} + +{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. } +function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute} + +{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing + interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting + the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only + stores the values you request before initialization. + + Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute + themselves if they want to retrieve these values. } + +function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute} + +{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. } + +procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;} + +{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read + and understood the source code for these functions. } + +procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects} +procedure SDL_GL_Lock; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;} +procedure SDL_GL_Unlock; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;} + +{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *} +{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. *} +{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *} + +{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window } +procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption} +procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption} + +{ Sets the icon for the display window. + This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode(). + It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format. + If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. } +procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: UInt8); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon} + +{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded. + If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event. + This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. } + +function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow} + +{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen. + If the display surface does not require locking before accessing + the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change. + + If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from + running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1. + If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0. + + The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen + attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not + set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported. + + This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. } + +function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen} + +{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window, + and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application, + and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. } + +function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ mouse-routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse. + The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can + be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the + current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y. } + +function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState} + +{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse. + The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can + be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the + mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). } +function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState} + +{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) } +procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse} + +{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format). + The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits. + + The cursor is created in black and white according to the following: + data mask resulting pixel on screen + 0 1 White + 1 1 Black + 0 0 Transparent + 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not. + + Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). } +function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor} + +{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one. + If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately + represented on the display. } +procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor} + +{ Returns the currently active cursor. } +function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor} + +{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). } +procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor} + +{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen. + The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off. + SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed + before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current + state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. } +function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor} + +function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer; + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ Keyboard-routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input. + This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off. + If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled. + If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled. + If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed. + It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. } +function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE} + +{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. } +function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat} + +procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat} + +{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard. + Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms. + Used: + + UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL); + if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed } + +function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState} + +{ Get the current key modifier state } +function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState} + +{ Set the current key modifier state + This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. } +procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState} + +{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym } +function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ Active Routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a + bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and + SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to + see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. } + +function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState} + + +{ Mutex functions } + +{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked } + +function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex} + +{ Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) } + + function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; + cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP} + +function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex} + +{ Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) } +function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV} + +function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex} + +{ Destroy a mutex } +procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex} + +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } +{ Semaphore functions } +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } +{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. } +function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore} + + +{ Destroy a semaphore } +procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore} + +{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed + to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore + count. } + +function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait} + +{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds, + SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. } + +function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} + +{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if + the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in + the allotted time, and -1 on error. + On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay + of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. } + +function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} + +{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0, + or -1 on error. } + +function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} + +{ Returns the current count of the semaphore } + +function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue} + +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } +{ Condition variable functions } +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } +{ Create a condition variable } +function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond} + +{ Destroy a condition variable } +procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond} + +{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable, + returns 0 or -1 on error. } + +function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal} + +{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable, + returns 0 or -1 on error. } + +function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast} + + +{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex. + The mutex must be locked before entering this function! + Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. } + +function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait} + +{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition + variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not + signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error. + On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay + of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. } + +function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout} + +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } +{ Condition variable functions } +{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } + +{ Create a thread } +function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread} + +{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread } +function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID} + +{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread, + equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. } +function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID} + +{ Wait for a thread to finish. + The return code for the thread function is placed in the area + pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. } + +procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread} + +{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state } +procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{ Get Environment Routines } +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} +function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer; +cdecl; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF Unix} +{$IFDEF FPC} +function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer; +cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv'; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment } +//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name ''; +function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv} + +// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use +// SDL_putenv as it it more portable +//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; +//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv} + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} +{$IFNDEF __GPC__} +function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment } +//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name ''; +function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv} + +// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use +// SDL_getenv as it it more portable +//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; +//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv} + +{* + * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information. + * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and + * returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or + * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0. + *} +function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo} + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +//SDL_loadso.h +{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer + * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error). + * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file. + *} +function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject} + +{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the + * named function in the shared object and returns it. This address + * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject(). + *} +function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer; +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction} + +{* Unload a shared object from memory *} +procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer ); +cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject} + + + +{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} + +function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32; +{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32} + +{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference + to nil. Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. } +procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj); + +{ Exit procedure handling } + +{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit + procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are + executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed + to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. } +procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure); + +// Bitwise Checking functions +function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean; + +function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; + +function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; + +implementation + +{$IFDEF __GPC__} + {$L 'sdl'} { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a } +{$ENDIF} + +function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer; +begin + Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]); +end; + +procedure SDL_OutOfMemory; +begin + {$IFNDEF WINDOWS} + SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM); + {$ENDIF} +end; + +function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer; +begin + Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence); +end; + +function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; +begin + Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1); +end; + +function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer; +begin + Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n); +end; + +function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer; +begin + Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n); +end; + +function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; +begin + Result := context^.close(context); +end; + +function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; +begin + Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen); +end; + +function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool; +begin + Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR ); +end; + +procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var + F: Integer); +var + value: Integer; +begin + value := frames; + F := value mod CD_FPS; + value := value div CD_FPS; + S := value mod 60; + value := value div 60; + M := value; +end; + +function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer; +begin + Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F; +end; + +procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version); +begin + X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; + X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION; + X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL; +end; + +function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer; +begin + Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z; +end; + +function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL + ); +end; + +function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool; +begin + Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z)); +end; + +function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface; +begin + Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1); +end; + +function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1); +end; + +function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: + PSDL_Surface; + dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect); +end; + +function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; + RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; +begin + Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask, + BMask, AMask); +end; + +function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean; +begin + Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or + ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) ); +end; + +function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex); +end; + +function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex); +end; + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} +function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer; +cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__}; +{$ENDIF} + + +function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer; +begin + {$IFDEF WINDOWS} + Result := _putenv(variable); + {$ENDIF} + + {$IFDEF UNIX} + {$IFDEF FPC} + Result := _putenv(variable); + {$ELSE} + Result := libc.putenv(variable); + {$ENDIF} + {$ENDIF} +end; + +{$IFDEF WINDOWS} +{$IFNDEF __GPC__} +function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; +cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF}; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; +begin + {$IFDEF WINDOWS} + + {$IFDEF __GPC__} + Result := getenv( string( name ) ); + {$ELSE} + Result := getenv( name ); + {$ENDIF} + + {$ELSE} + + {$IFDEF UNIX} + + {$IFDEF FPC} + Result := fpgetenv(name); + {$ELSE} + Result := libc.getenv(name); + {$ENDIF} + + {$ENDIF} + + {$ENDIF} +end; + +function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer; +begin + Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 ); +end; + +function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32; +begin + Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24)); +end; + +procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj); +{$IFNDEF __GPC__} +{$IFNDEF __TMT__} +var + Temp: TObject; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} +begin +{$IFNDEF __GPC__} +{$IFNDEF __TMT__} + Temp := TObject(Obj); + Pointer(Obj) := nil; + Temp.Free; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} +end; + +{ Exit procedure handling } +type + PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo; + TExitProcInfo = record + Next: PExitProcInfo; + SaveExit: Pointer; + Proc: TProcedure; + end; + +var + ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil; + +procedure DoExitProc; +var + P: PExitProcInfo; + Proc: TProcedure; +begin + P := ExitProcList; + ExitProcList := P^.Next; + ExitProc := P^.SaveExit; + Proc := P^.Proc; + Dispose(P); + Proc; +end; + +procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure); +var + P: PExitProcInfo; +begin + New(P); + P^.Next := ExitProcList; + P^.SaveExit := ExitProc; + P^.Proc := Proc; + ExitProcList := P; + ExitProc := @DoExitProc; +end; + +function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean; +begin + result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 ); +end; + +function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; +begin + result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) ); +end; + +function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; +begin + result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) ); +end; + +end. + + diff --git a/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas b/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas index 3941814d..704ad3cb 100644 --- a/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas +++ b/Game/Code/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas @@ -1,4361 +1,4361 @@ -unit sdlutils; -{ - $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL Utility functions } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Tom Jones are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ Helper functions... } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation } -{ } -{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD } -{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel } -{ Added PSDLRect() } -{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here} -{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box } -{ } -{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, } -{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface } -{ } -{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal } -{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more} -{ portable to Linix. } -{ } -{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal } -{ } -{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function } -{ } -{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface } -{ } -{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface } -{ } -{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub } -{ } -{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function } -{ } -{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit } -{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions } -{ } -{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function } -{ } -{ April 26 2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine } -{ Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y } -{ Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines } -{ } -{******************************************************************************} -{ - $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $ - Revision 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage - Removed Hints and Warnings. - - Revision 1.4 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage - Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.3 2004/05/29 23:11:54 savage - Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage - As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -interface - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses -{$IFDEF UNIX} - Types, - Xlib, -{$ENDIF} - SysUtils, - sdl; - -type - TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical ); - -// Pixel procedures -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean; - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32; - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel : - Uint32 ); - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Line procedures -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); overload; - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Surface procedures -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); - -// Flip procedures -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; - -// Fill Rect routine -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); - -// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface! -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -// -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : - PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : - boolean; - -// Jason's boolean Surface functions -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean; - -implementation - -uses - Math; - -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal; - Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; -// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Color1, Color2 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - if SrcRect2 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface2.w; - h := SrcSurface2.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= - Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface2^ do - begin - TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey; - Pitch2 := Pitch; - Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) ); - end; - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start ); - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) ); - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - inc( Addr2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - inc( Addr2, 2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - inc( Addr2, 3 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - inc( Addr2, 4 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor : cardinal; - Addr : cardinal; - R, G, B : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - case format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 15 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 16 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07C0 then - G := $07C0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 24 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - end; - 32 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor : cardinal; - Addr : cardinal; - R, G, B : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - case format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 15 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 16 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07C0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 24 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - end; - 32 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - end; -end; -// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces. -// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed -// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping. - -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0; - G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C; - B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00; - G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0; - B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800; - G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0; - B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07E0 then - G := $07E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0; - G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C; - B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00; - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0; - B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800; - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0; - B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case BPP of - 1 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 2 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 3 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 4 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; -// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used. -// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!! - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*}: cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal; -SrcColor, TransparentColor{*, TextureColor*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (TextureColor) - BPP : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - with Texture^ do - begin - TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch + - UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( Texture ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case BPP of - 1 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 2 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 3 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ); - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 4 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - xc, yc : cardinal; - rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal; - color : cardinal; - modx, mody : cardinal; -begin - // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!! - if srcrect = nil then - srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect; - if dstrect = nil then - dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 ); - mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 ); - //rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - ry := srcrect.y * 65536; - wy := dstrect.y; - for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do - begin - rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - wx := dstrect.x; - ry16 := ry shr 16; - for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do - begin - color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color ); - rx := rx + modx; - inc( wx ); - end; - ry := ry + mody; - inc( wy ); - end; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; -// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices -// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); -const - SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20) - THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value - procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal ); - var - tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint; - mx, my : cardinal; - cr : cardinal; - begin - // Does the destination area specify a single pixel? - if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then - begin // Yes - cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr ); - end - else - begin // No - // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse - tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1; - tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1; - bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1; - lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1; - rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1; - m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1; - mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1; - my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1; - CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my ); - CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my ); - CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 ); - CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 ); - end; - end; -var - _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint; - Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer; -begin - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - Rect_x := 0; - Rect_y := 0; - Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end - else - begin - Rect_x := SrcRect.x; - Rect_y := SrcRect.y; - Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end; - // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error. - _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS; - _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS; - _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS; - _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS; - _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS; - _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS; - _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS; - _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS; - CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h ); - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; - -// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean; -begin - counter := 0; - drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash - - //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters - if ( DashLength < 1 ) - then - DashLength := 1; - if ( DashSpace < 1 ) - then - DashSpace := 0; - - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc( counter ); - if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc( counter ); - if counter > DashSpace - 1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc( counter ); - if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc( counter ); - if counter > DashSpace - 1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface - -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Locked : boolean; - y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer; - Row1, Row2 : Pointer; - OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1; - RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.Pitch ); - Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 ) - * DstSurface^.Pitch ); - for y := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength ); - Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength ); - Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength ); - inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface - -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -type - T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte; - T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit; - P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray; - TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord; - PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray; -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Row8bit : PByteArray; - Row16bit : PWordArray; - Row24bit : P24bitArray; - Row32bit : PLongWordArray; - y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer; - Pixel : cardinal; - Pixel24 : T24bit; - Locked : boolean; -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : - begin - Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ]; - Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 2 : - begin - Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ]; - Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 3 : - begin - Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ]; - Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 4 : - begin - Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ]; - Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer. -// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!! - -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; -var - Rect : PSDL_Rect; -begin - New( Rect ); - with Rect^ do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; - Result := Rect; -end; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with result do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; -end; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with aRect do - result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw, - depth : integer ); -var - dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer; - src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16; - src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8; -begin - if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then - exit; - dx := ( x2 - x1 ); - dy := ( y2 - y1 ); - dy := dy shl 1; - e := dy - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - src_pitch := Surface^.pitch; - dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch; - src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth ); - dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 * - depth ); - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth ); - while ( e >= 0 ) do - begin - inc( src_pixels, depth ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( dst_pixels, depth ); - e := e + dy; - end; -end; - -function sign( x : integer ) : integer; -begin - if x > 0 then - result := 1 - else - result := -1; -end; - -// Stretches a part of a surface - -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; -var - dst_surface : PSDL_Surface; - dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer; - destx1, desty1 : integer; -begin - srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW; - srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH; - result := nil; - destx1 := 0; - desty1 := 0; - dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) ); - dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) ); - e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - dy := dy shl 1; - dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height - - desty1, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey ); - if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then - if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then - exit; - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1, - SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel ); - while e >= 0 do - begin - inc( SrcY1 ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( desty1 ); - e := e + dy; - end; - if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface ); - result := dst_surface; -end; - -procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer ); -var - src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8; - i : integer; -begin - src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 * - depth ); - dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2 - + xofs ) * depth ); - for i := x2 downto x1 do - begin - move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth ); - dec( src_pixels ); - dec( dst_pixels ); - end; -end; -{ Return the pixel value at (x, y) -NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! } - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32; -var - bpp : UInt32; - p : PInteger; -begin - bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve - p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) * - bpp ); - case bpp of - 1 : result := PUint8( p )^; - 2 : result := PUint16( p )^; - 3 : - if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] - else - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16; - 4 : result := PUint32( p )^; - else - result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings - end; -end; -{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value - NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! } - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel : - Uint32 ); -var - bpp : UInt32; - p : PInteger; -begin - bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - p := Pointer( Uint32( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) - * bpp ); - case bpp of - 1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel; - 2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel; - 3 : - if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then - begin - PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF; - end - else - begin - PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF; - end; - 4 : - PUint32( p )^ := pixel; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - //buffer: PSDL_Surface; - YPos : Integer; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then - begin - //if DifY > 0 then // going up - //begin - ypos := 0; - r1.x := 0; - r2.x := 0; - r1.w := DstSurface.w; - r2.w := DstSurface.w; - r1.h := DifY; - r2.h := DifY; - while ypos < DstSurface.h do - begin - r1.y := ypos; - r2.y := ypos + DifY; - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 ); - ypos := ypos + DifY; - end; - //end - //else - //begin // Going Down - //end; - end; -end; - -{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer); -var - r1, r2: TSDL_Rect; - buffer: PSDL_Surface; -begin - if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then - begin - buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2, - Surface^.h * 2, - Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if buffer <> nil then - begin - if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then - SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256); - r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h); - r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h); - SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2); - SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2); - SDL_FreeSurface(buffer); - end; - end; -end;} - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - buffer : PSDL_Surface; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then - begin - buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2, - DstSurface^.h * 2, - DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - DstSurface^.Format^.RMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.GMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.BMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if buffer <> nil then - begin - if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 ); - SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 ); - SDL_FreeSurface( buffer ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); -var - aSin, aCos : Single; - MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer; - Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32; - MAXX, MAXY : Integer; -begin - // Rotate the surface to the target surface. - TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey; - {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then - begin - Width := srcRect.w; - Height := srcRect.w; - end - else - begin - Width := srcRect.h; - Height := srcRect.h; - end; } - - maxx := DstSurface.w; - maxy := DstSurface.h; - aCos := cos( Angle ); - aSin := sin( Angle ); - - Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) ); - Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) ); - - OX := Width div 2; - OY := Height div 2; ; - MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2; - MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2; - ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx; - ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY; - Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos ); - Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos ); - SX := 0; - for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do - begin - Inc( SX ); - SY := 0; - for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do - begin - RX := SX - OX; - RY := SY - OY; - NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); // - NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); // - // Used for testing only - //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0); - if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then - begin - if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then - begin - if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then - begin - Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY ); - if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour ); - end; - end; - end; - end; - inc( SY ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); -begin - SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) ); -end; - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - OutOfRange : Boolean; -begin - OutOfRange := false; - if dstrect = nil then - begin - RealRect.x := 0; - RealRect.y := 0; - RealRect.w := DstSurface.w; - RealRect.h := DstSurface.h; - end - else - begin - if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.x := dstrect.x; - end - else if dstrect.x < 0 then - begin - realrect.x := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.y := dstrect.y; - end - else if dstrect.y < 0 then - begin - realrect.y := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w; - end - else - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x; - end; - if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h; - end - else - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y; - end; - end; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - result := realrect; - end - else - begin - realrect.w := 0; - realrect.h := 0; - realrect.x := 0; - realrect.y := 0; - result := realrect; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07C0 then - G := $07C0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07C0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); -var - FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal; - // temp vars - i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer; - - TempStepV, TempStepH : Single; - TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer; - TempRect : TSDL_Rect; - -begin - // calc FBC - YR := StartColor.r; - YG := StartColor.g; - YB := StartColor.b; - SR := YR; - SG := YG; - SB := YB; - DR := EndColor.r - SR; - DG := EndColor.g - SG; - DB := EndColor.b - SB; - - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB ); - YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i ); - YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i ); - YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i ); - end; - - // if aStyle = 1 then begin - TempStepH := Rect.w / 255; - TempStepV := Rect.h / 255; - TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 ); - TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 ); - TempTop := 0; - TempLeft := 0; - TempRect.x := Rect.x; - TempRect.y := Rect.y; - TempRect.h := Rect.h; - TempRect.w := Rect.w; - - case Style of - gsHorizontal : - begin - TempRect.h := TempHeight; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i ); - end; - end; - gsVertical : - begin - TempRect.w := TempWidth; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i ); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101} - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111} - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111} - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111} - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : - PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : - boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1 : cardinal; - Addr1 : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; -// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Color1 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var -{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B) - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var -{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B) - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - else - R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then - G := Pixel2 and $1C - else - G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then - B := Pixel2 and $03 - else - B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - else - R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - else - R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - else - R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then - G := Pixel2 and $1C - else - G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then - B := Pixel2 and $03 - else - B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - else - R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - else - R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided - -function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean; -var - tflag, flag1, flag2 : word; - txy, xedge, yedge : Integer; - slope : single; - - function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word; - begin - Result := 0; - if x < ClipRect.x then - Result := 1; - if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then - Result := Result or 2; - if y < ClipRect.y then - Result := Result or 4; - if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then - Result := Result or 8; - end; - -begin - flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 ); - flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 ); - result := true; - - while true do - begin - if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then - Exit; // all in - - if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then - begin - result := false; - Exit; // all out - end; - - if flag2 = 0 then - begin - txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy; - txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy; - tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag; - end; - - if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then - begin - if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then - xedge := ClipRect.x - else - xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 ); - y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) ); - x2 := xedge; - end - else - begin - if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then - yedge := ClipRect.y - else - yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 ); - x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) ); - y2 := yedge; - end; - - flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 ); - end; -end; - -end. - +unit sdlutils;
+{
+ $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{ }
+{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer }
+{ SDL Utility functions }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> }
+{ }
+{ Portions created by Tom Jones are }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ Contributor(s) }
+{ -------------- }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> }
+{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> }
+{ }
+{ Obtained through: }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) }
+{ }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org }
+{ }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html }
+{ }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing }
+{ rights and limitations under the License. }
+{ }
+{ Description }
+{ ----------- }
+{ Helper functions... }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ Requires }
+{ -------- }
+{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms }
+{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform }
+{ }
+{ Programming Notes }
+{ ----------------- }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ }
+{ Revision History }
+{ ---------------- }
+{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation }
+{ }
+{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. }
+{ }
+{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. }
+{ }
+{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD }
+{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
+{ Added PSDLRect() }
+{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
+{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box }
+{ }
+{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, }
+{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface }
+{ }
+{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal }
+{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
+{ portable to Linix. }
+{ }
+{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal }
+{ }
+{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function }
+{ }
+{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface }
+{ }
+{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface }
+{ }
+{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub }
+{ }
+{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function }
+{ }
+{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit }
+{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit }
+{ }
+{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
+{ }
+{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect }
+{ }
+{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions }
+{ }
+{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function }
+{ }
+{ April 26 2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine }
+{ Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y }
+{ Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines }
+{ }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+ $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $
+ Revision 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage
+ Removed Hints and Warnings.
+
+ Revision 1.4 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage
+ Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
+ Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks.
+
+ Revision 1.3 2004/05/29 23:11:54 savage
+ Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
+ Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
+
+ Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage
+ As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+ Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage
+ Module 1.0 release
+
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+ Types,
+ Xlib,
+{$ENDIF}
+ SysUtils,
+ sdl;
+
+type
+ TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
+
+// Pixel procedures
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+ PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+ Uint32 );
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+ cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+ cardinal );
+
+// Line procedures
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal );
+
+// Surface procedures
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+ TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+
+// Flip procedures
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+ Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+ PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+ PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+
+// Fill Rect routine
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+
+// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+//
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+ PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+ boolean;
+
+// Jason's boolean Surface functions
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ Math;
+
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+ PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
+var
+ Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+ right1, bottom1 : integer;
+ right2, bottom2 : integer;
+ Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+ Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal;
+ Addr1, Addr2 : PtrUInt;
+ BPP : cardinal;
+ Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
+ TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
+ tx, ty : cardinal;
+// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+ Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ if SrcRect1 = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface1.w;
+ h := SrcSurface1.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+ if SrcRect2 = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src_Rect2 do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface2.w;
+ h := SrcSurface2.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ begin
+ Right1 := Left1 + w;
+ Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+ end;
+ with Src_Rect2 do
+ begin
+ Right2 := Left2 + w;
+ Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+ end;
+ if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
+ Top2 ) then
+ exit;
+ if Left1 <= Left2 then
+ begin
+ // 1. left, 2. right
+ Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+ Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+ ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+ with Src_Rect2 do
+ if ScanWidth > w then
+ ScanWidth := w;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // 1. right, 2. left
+ Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+ Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+ ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ if ScanWidth > w then
+ ScanWidth := w;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface1^ do
+ begin
+ Pitch1 := Pitch;
+ Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+ inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+ with format^ do
+ begin
+ BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface2^ do
+ begin
+ TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
+ Pitch2 := Pitch;
+ Addr2 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+ inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
+ end;
+ Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+ Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+ inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+ inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
+ if Top1 <= Top2 then
+ begin
+ // 1. up, 2. down
+ ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+ if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+ ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+ inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // 1. down, 2. up
+ ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+ if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+ ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+ inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
+ end;
+ case BPP of
+ 1 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
+ TransparentColor2 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1 );
+ inc( Addr2 );
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+ inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+ end;
+ 2 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+ TransparentColor2 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 2 );
+ inc( Addr2, 2 );
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+ inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+ end;
+ 3 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
+ then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 3 );
+ inc( Addr2, 3 );
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+ inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+ TransparentColor2 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 4 );
+ inc( Addr2, 4 );
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+ inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+ cardinal );
+var
+ SrcColor : cardinal;
+ Addr : PtrUInt;
+ R, G, B : cardinal;
+begin
+ if Color = 0 then
+ exit;
+ with DstSurface^ do
+ begin
+ Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ case format.BitsPerPixel of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+ G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+ B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := $E0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := $1C;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := $03;
+ PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+ G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := $7C00;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := $03E0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+ G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := $F800;
+ if G > $07C0 then
+ G := $07C0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+ cardinal );
+var
+ SrcColor : cardinal;
+ Addr : PtrUInt;
+ R, G, B : cardinal;
+begin
+ if Color = 0 then
+ exit;
+ with DstSurface^ do
+ begin
+ Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ case format.BitsPerPixel of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+ G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+ B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+ G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+ G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $07C0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
+// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
+// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
+
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0;
+ G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C;
+ B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := $E0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := $1C;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := $03;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00;
+ G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0;
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := $7C00;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := $03E0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800;
+ G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0;
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := $F800;
+ if G > $07E0 then
+ G := $07E0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0;
+ G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C;
+ B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00;
+ G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0;
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800;
+ G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0;
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $07E0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+ end;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+var
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal;
+ BPP : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case BPP of
+ 1 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 2 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 3 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
+// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+ TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*}: cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
+SrcColor, TransparentColor{*, TextureColor*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (TextureColor)
+ BPP : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ with Texture^ do
+ begin
+ TextAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
+ UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case BPP of
+ 1 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ inc( TextAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 2 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ inc( TextAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 3 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF );
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ inc( TextAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ inc( TextAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ xc, yc : cardinal;
+ rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
+ color : cardinal;
+ modx, mody : cardinal;
+begin
+ // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
+ if srcrect = nil then
+ srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
+ if dstrect = nil then
+ dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
+ if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
+ mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
+ //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+ ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
+ wy := dstrect.y;
+ for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+ wx := dstrect.x;
+ ry16 := ry shr 16;
+ for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
+ rx := rx + modx;
+ inc( wx );
+ end;
+ ry := ry + mody;
+ inc( wy );
+ end;
+ if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
+// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+const
+ SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
+ THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
+ procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
+ var
+ tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
+ mx, my : cardinal;
+ cr : cardinal;
+ begin
+ // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
+ if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
+ ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
+ ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
+ ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
+ ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
+ ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
+ begin // Yes
+ cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
+ end
+ else
+ begin // No
+ // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
+ tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
+ tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
+ bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+ bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+ lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
+ lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
+ rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+ rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+ m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
+ m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
+ mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
+ my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
+ CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
+ CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
+ CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
+ CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
+ end;
+ end;
+var
+ _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
+ Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
+begin
+ if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Rect_x := 0;
+ Rect_y := 0;
+ Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+ Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
+ Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
+ Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+ Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+ end;
+ // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
+ _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
+ _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
+ _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
+ _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
+ _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
+ _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
+ _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
+ _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
+ CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
+ if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal );
+var
+ dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+ dx := x2 - x1;
+ dy := y2 - y1;
+ if dx < 0 then
+ sdx := -1
+ else
+ sdx := 1;
+ if dy < 0 then
+ sdy := -1
+ else
+ sdy := 1;
+ dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+ dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ px := x1;
+ py := y1;
+ if dx >= dy then
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ y := y + dy;
+ if y >= dx then
+ begin
+ y := y - dx;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ x := x + dx;
+ if x >= dy then
+ begin
+ x := x - dy;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+var
+ dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
+begin
+ counter := 0;
+ drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
+
+ //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
+ if ( DashLength < 1 )
+ then
+ DashLength := 1;
+ if ( DashSpace < 1 )
+ then
+ DashSpace := 0;
+
+ dx := x2 - x1;
+ dy := y2 - y1;
+ if dx < 0 then
+ sdx := -1
+ else
+ sdx := 1;
+ if dy < 0 then
+ sdy := -1
+ else
+ sdy := 1;
+ dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+ dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ px := x1;
+ py := y1;
+ if dx >= dy then
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+
+ //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+ if drawdash then
+ begin
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ inc( counter );
+ if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+ begin
+ drawdash := false;
+ counter := 0;
+ end;
+ end
+ else //space
+ begin
+ inc( counter );
+ if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+ begin
+ drawdash := true;
+ counter := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ y := y + dy;
+ if y >= dx then
+ begin
+ y := y - dx;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+ begin
+
+ //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+ if drawdash then
+ begin
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ inc( counter );
+ if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+ begin
+ drawdash := false;
+ counter := 0;
+ end;
+ end
+ else //space
+ begin
+ inc( counter );
+ if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+ begin
+ drawdash := true;
+ counter := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ x := x + dx;
+ if x >= dy then
+ begin
+ x := x - dy;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal );
+var
+ dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+ dx := x2 - x1;
+ dy := y2 - y1;
+ if dx < 0 then
+ sdx := -1
+ else
+ sdx := 1;
+ if dy < 0 then
+ sdy := -1
+ else
+ sdy := 1;
+ dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+ dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ px := x1;
+ py := y1;
+ if dx >= dy then
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ y := y + dy;
+ if y >= dx then
+ begin
+ y := y - dx;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ x := x + dx;
+ if x >= dy then
+ begin
+ x := x - dy;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+ cardinal );
+var
+ dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+ dx := x2 - x1;
+ dy := y2 - y1;
+ if dx < 0 then
+ sdx := -1
+ else
+ sdx := 1;
+ if dy < 0 then
+ sdy := -1
+ else
+ sdy := 1;
+ dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+ dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ px := x1;
+ py := y1;
+ if dx >= dy then
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ y := y + dy;
+ if y >= dx then
+ begin
+ y := y - dx;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+ x := x + dx;
+ if x >= dy then
+ begin
+ x := x - dy;
+ px := px + sdx;
+ end;
+ py := py + sdy;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
+ Locked : boolean;
+ y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
+ Row1, Row2 : Pointer;
+ OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
+begin
+ if DstSurface <> nil then
+ begin
+ if Rect = nil then
+ begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
+ TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+ Rect := @TmpRect;
+ end;
+ FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
+ RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ begin
+ Locked := true;
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end
+ else
+ Locked := false;
+ Row1 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+ DstSurface^.Pitch );
+ Row2 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
+ * DstSurface^.Pitch );
+ for y := 0 to FlipLength do
+ begin
+ Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
+ Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
+ Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
+ inc( PtrUInt( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+ dec( PtrUInt( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+ end;
+ if Locked then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+type
+ T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
+ T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
+ P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
+ TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
+ PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
+var
+ TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
+ Row8bit : PByteArray;
+ Row16bit : PWordArray;
+ Row24bit : P24bitArray;
+ Row32bit : PLongWordArray;
+ y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
+ Pixel : cardinal;
+ Pixel24 : T24bit;
+ Locked : boolean;
+begin
+ if DstSurface <> nil then
+ begin
+ if Rect = nil then
+ begin
+ TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+ Rect := @TmpRect;
+ end;
+ FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
+ if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+ begin
+ Locked := true;
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end
+ else
+ Locked := false;
+ case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
+ 1 :
+ begin
+ Row8Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+ DstSurface^.pitch );
+ for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+ begin
+ RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+ for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+ begin
+ Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
+ Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
+ Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+ dec( RightSide );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 2 :
+ begin
+ Row16Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+ DstSurface^.pitch );
+ for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+ begin
+ RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+ for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+ begin
+ Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
+ Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
+ Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+ dec( RightSide );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 3 :
+ begin
+ Row24Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+ DstSurface^.pitch );
+ for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+ begin
+ RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+ for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+ begin
+ Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
+ Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
+ Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
+ dec( RightSide );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ begin
+ Row32Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+ DstSurface^.pitch );
+ for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+ begin
+ RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+ for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+ begin
+ Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
+ Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
+ Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+ dec( RightSide );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ if Locked then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end;
+end;
+
+// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
+// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+var
+ Rect : PSDL_Rect;
+begin
+ New( Rect );
+ with Rect^ do
+ begin
+ x := aLeft;
+ y := aTop;
+ w := aWidth;
+ h := aHeight;
+ end;
+ Result := Rect;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+ with result do
+ begin
+ x := aLeft;
+ y := aTop;
+ w := aWidth;
+ h := aHeight;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+ with aRect do
+ result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
+ depth : integer );
+var
+ dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
+ src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
+ src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+begin
+ if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
+ exit;
+ dx := ( x2 - x1 );
+ dy := ( y2 - y1 );
+ dy := dy shl 1;
+ e := dy - dx;
+ dx2 := dx shl 1;
+ src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
+ dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
+ src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
+ dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
+ depth );
+ for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+ move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+ while ( e >= 0 ) do
+ begin
+ inc( src_pixels, depth );
+ e := e - dx2;
+ end;
+ inc( dst_pixels, depth );
+ e := e + dy;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+ if x > 0 then
+ result := 1
+ else
+ result := -1;
+end;
+
+// Stretches a part of a surface
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+ Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+var
+ dst_surface : PSDL_Surface;
+ dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
+ destx1, desty1 : integer;
+begin
+ srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
+ srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
+ result := nil;
+ destx1 := 0;
+ desty1 := 0;
+ dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
+ dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
+ e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
+ dx2 := dx shl 1;
+ dy := dy shl 1;
+ dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
+ desty1,
+ SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+ SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+ SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+ SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+ SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+ if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+ SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+ SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
+ if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
+ if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
+ exit;
+ for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+ begin
+ SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
+ SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
+ while e >= 0 do
+ begin
+ inc( SrcY1 );
+ e := e - dx2;
+ end;
+ inc( desty1 );
+ e := e + dy;
+ end;
+ if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
+ result := dst_surface;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer );
+var
+ src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+ i : integer;
+begin
+ src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
+ depth );
+ dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
+ + xofs ) * depth );
+ for i := x2 downto x1 do
+ begin
+ move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+ dec( src_pixels );
+ dec( dst_pixels );
+ end;
+end;
+{ Return the pixel value at (x, y)
+NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+var
+ bpp : UInt32;
+ p : PInteger;
+begin
+ bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+ // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
+ p := Pointer( PtrUInt( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
+ bpp );
+ case bpp of
+ 1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
+ 2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
+ 3 :
+ if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+ result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
+ else
+ result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
+ 4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
+ else
+ result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
+ end;
+end;
+{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value
+ NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+ Uint32 );
+var
+ bpp : UInt32;
+ p : PInteger;
+begin
+ bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+ p := Pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
+ * bpp );
+ case bpp of
+ 1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel;
+ 2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel;
+ 3 :
+ if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+ begin
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF;
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+ PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ PUint32( p )^ := pixel;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+var
+ r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
+ //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+ YPos : Integer;
+begin
+ if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ //if DifY > 0 then // going up
+ //begin
+ ypos := 0;
+ r1.x := 0;
+ r2.x := 0;
+ r1.w := DstSurface.w;
+ r2.w := DstSurface.w;
+ r1.h := DifY;
+ r2.h := DifY;
+ while ypos < DstSurface.h do
+ begin
+ r1.y := ypos;
+ r2.y := ypos + DifY;
+ SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
+ ypos := ypos + DifY;
+ end;
+ //end
+ //else
+ //begin // Going Down
+ //end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer);
+var
+ r1, r2: TSDL_Rect;
+ buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+ if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then
+ begin
+ buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2,
+ Surface^.h * 2,
+ Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ if buffer <> nil then
+ begin
+ if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then
+ SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256);
+ r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+ r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+ SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2);
+ SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2);
+ SDL_FreeSurface(buffer);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;}
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+var
+ r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
+ buffer : PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+ if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
+ DstSurface^.h * 2,
+ DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+ DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+ DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+ DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+ DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+ if buffer <> nil then
+ begin
+ if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+ SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+ r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+ r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+ SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
+ SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
+ SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+ PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+var
+ aSin, aCos : Single;
+ MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
+ Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
+ MAXX, MAXY : Integer;
+begin
+ // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
+ TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
+ {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
+ begin
+ Width := srcRect.w;
+ Height := srcRect.w;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Width := srcRect.h;
+ Height := srcRect.h;
+ end; }
+
+ maxx := DstSurface.w;
+ maxy := DstSurface.h;
+ aCos := cos( Angle );
+ aSin := sin( Angle );
+
+ Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
+ Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
+
+ OX := Width div 2;
+ OY := Height div 2; ;
+ MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
+ MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
+ ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
+ ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
+ Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
+ Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
+ SX := 0;
+ for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
+ begin
+ Inc( SX );
+ SY := 0;
+ for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
+ begin
+ RX := SX - OX;
+ RY := SY - OY;
+ NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
+ NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
+ // Used for testing only
+ //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
+ if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
+ begin
+ if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
+ begin
+ if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
+ begin
+ Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
+ if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
+ begin
+ SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ inc( SY );
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+ PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+begin
+ SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
+end;
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+var
+ RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+ OutOfRange : Boolean;
+begin
+ OutOfRange := false;
+ if dstrect = nil then
+ begin
+ RealRect.x := 0;
+ RealRect.y := 0;
+ RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
+ RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
+ begin
+ RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
+ end
+ else if dstrect.x < 0 then
+ begin
+ realrect.x := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ OutOfRange := True;
+ end;
+ if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
+ begin
+ RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
+ end
+ else if dstrect.y < 0 then
+ begin
+ realrect.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ OutOfRange := True;
+ end;
+ if OutOfRange = False then
+ begin
+ if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
+ begin
+ RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
+ end;
+ if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
+ begin
+ RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ if OutOfRange = False then
+ begin
+ result := realrect;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ realrect.w := 0;
+ realrect.h := 0;
+ realrect.x := 0;
+ realrect.y := 0;
+ result := realrect;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+ RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+ Addr : pointer;
+ ModX, BPP : cardinal;
+ x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+ RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+ if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+ begin
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+ with DstSurface^ do
+ begin
+ Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+ ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+ end;
+ case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+ G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+ B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := $E0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := $1C;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := $03;
+ PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+ G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := $7C00;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := $03E0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+ G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := $F800;
+ if G > $07C0 then
+ G := $07C0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := $001F;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := $FF0000;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := $00FF00;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := $0000FF;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+ RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+ Addr : pointer;
+ ModX, BPP : cardinal;
+ x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+ RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+ if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+ begin
+ SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+ BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+ with DstSurface^ do
+ begin
+ Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+ ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+ end;
+ case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+ G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+ B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+ G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+ if R > $7C00 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $03E0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+ G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+ B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+ if R > $F800 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $07C0 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $001F then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+ begin
+ for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+ begin
+ SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+ R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+ G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+ B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+ if R > $FF0000 then
+ R := 0;
+ if G > $00FF00 then
+ G := 0;
+ if B > $0000FF then
+ B := 0;
+ PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+var
+ FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
+ // temp vars
+ i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
+
+ TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
+ TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
+ TempRect : TSDL_Rect;
+
+begin
+ // calc FBC
+ YR := StartColor.r;
+ YG := StartColor.g;
+ YB := StartColor.b;
+ SR := YR;
+ SG := YG;
+ SB := YB;
+ DR := EndColor.r - SR;
+ DG := EndColor.g - SG;
+ DB := EndColor.b - SB;
+
+ for i := 0 to 255 do
+ begin
+ FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
+ YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
+ YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
+ YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
+ end;
+
+ // if aStyle = 1 then begin
+ TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
+ TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
+ TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
+ TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
+ TempTop := 0;
+ TempLeft := 0;
+ TempRect.x := Rect.x;
+ TempRect.y := Rect.y;
+ TempRect.h := Rect.h;
+ TempRect.w := Rect.w;
+
+ case Style of
+ gsHorizontal :
+ begin
+ TempRect.h := TempHeight;
+ for i := 0 to 255 do
+ begin
+ TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
+ SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+ TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
+ end;
+ end;
+ gsVertical :
+ begin
+ TempRect.w := TempWidth;
+ for i := 0 to 255 do
+ begin
+ TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
+ SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+ TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+ ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+ SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+ if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+ exit;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+ ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+ WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+ SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+ DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+ case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+ 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+ ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+ SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+ if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+ exit;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+ ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+ WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+ SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+ DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+ case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+ 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+ ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+ SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32;
+begin
+ if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+ exit;
+ if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+ exit;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+ ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+ WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+ SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+ DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+ case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
+ 8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color;
+ Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101}
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+ PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color;
+ inc( ReadAddr );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+ Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111}
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+ Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111}
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+ PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color;
+ Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111}
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ 32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+ begin
+ ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+ WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+ for x := 1 to Src.w do
+ begin
+ Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color;
+ Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+ PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color;
+ inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+ inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+ end;
+ inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+ inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+ if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+ PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+ boolean;
+var
+ Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+ right1, bottom1 : integer;
+ right2, bottom2 : integer;
+ Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+ Mod1 : cardinal;
+ Addr1 : PtrUInt;
+ BPP : cardinal;
+ Pitch1 : cardinal;
+ TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
+ tx, ty : cardinal;
+// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+ Color1 : cardinal;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ if SrcRect1 = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface1.w;
+ h := SrcSurface1.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+
+ Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ begin
+ Right1 := Left1 + w;
+ Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+ end;
+ with Src_Rect2 do
+ begin
+ Right2 := Left2 + w;
+ Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+ end;
+ if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then
+ exit;
+ if Left1 <= Left2 then
+ begin
+ // 1. left, 2. right
+ Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+ //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+ ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+ with Src_Rect2 do
+ if ScanWidth > w then
+ ScanWidth := w;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // 1. right, 2. left
+ Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+ //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+ ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+ with Src_Rect1 do
+ if ScanWidth > w then
+ ScanWidth := w;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface1^ do
+ begin
+ Pitch1 := Pitch;
+ Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+ inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+ with format^ do
+ begin
+ BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+
+ inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+
+ if Top1 <= Top2 then
+ begin
+ // 1. up, 2. down
+ ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+ if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+ ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+ inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // 1. down, 2. up
+ ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+ if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+ ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+
+ end;
+ case BPP of
+ 1 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1 );
+
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+ end;
+ 2 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 2 );
+
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+ end;
+ 3 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+ if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
+ then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 3 );
+
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+ end;
+ 4 :
+ for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+ begin
+ for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+ begin
+ if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, 4 );
+
+ end;
+ inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $E0
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then
+ G := Pixel2 and $1C
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+ if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then
+ B := Pixel2 and $03
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := $E0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := $1C;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := $03;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+ if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $F800
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+ if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+ DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+ R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+ Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+ Diff : integer;
+ SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+ WorkX, WorkY : word;
+ SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+ Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+ if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+ exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+ if SrcRect = nil then
+ begin
+ with Src do
+ begin
+ x := 0;
+ y := 0;
+ w := SrcSurface.w;
+ h := SrcSurface.h;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Src := SrcRect^;
+ if DestRect = nil then
+ begin
+ Dest.x := 0;
+ Dest.y := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Dest := DestRect^;
+ Dest.w := Src.w;
+ Dest.h := Src.h;
+ with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+ begin
+ // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+ if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+ begin
+ smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.x < x then
+ begin
+ Diff := x - Dest.x;
+ Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+ Dest.x := x;
+ smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+ if Dest.y < y then
+ begin
+ Diff := y - Dest.y;
+ Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+ smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+ Dest.y := y;
+ smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+ if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+ exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ with SrcSurface^ do
+ begin
+ SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+ end;
+ with DestSurface^ do
+ begin
+ DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+ Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+ Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+ end;
+ SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+ WorkY := Src.h;
+ case bits of
+ 8 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+ if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $E0
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then
+ G := Pixel2 and $1C
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+ if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then
+ B := Pixel2 and $03
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+ if R > $E0 then
+ R := $E0;
+ if G > $1C then
+ G := $1C;
+ if B > $03 then
+ B := $03;
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr );
+ inc( DestAddr );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 15 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+ if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 16 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $F800
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+ if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+ if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+ B := Pixel2 and $001F
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 24 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ 32 :
+ begin
+ repeat
+ WorkX := Src.w;
+ repeat
+ Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+ if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+ begin
+ Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+ if Pixel2 > 0 then
+ begin
+
+ if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+ R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+ else
+ R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+ if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+ G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+ else
+ G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+ if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+ B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+ else
+ B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+ end
+ else
+ PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+ end;
+ inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+ inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+ dec( WorkX );
+ until WorkX = 0;
+ inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+ inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+ dec( WorkY );
+ until WorkY = 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+ SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+var
+ tflag, flag1, flag2 : word;
+ txy, xedge, yedge : Integer;
+ slope : single;
+
+ function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word;
+ begin
+ Result := 0;
+ if x < ClipRect.x then
+ Result := 1;
+ if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then
+ Result := Result or 2;
+ if y < ClipRect.y then
+ Result := Result or 4;
+ if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then
+ Result := Result or 8;
+ end;
+
+begin
+ flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 );
+ flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+ result := true;
+
+ while true do
+ begin
+ if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then
+ Exit; // all in
+
+ if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then
+ begin
+ result := false;
+ Exit; // all out
+ end;
+
+ if flag2 = 0 then
+ begin
+ txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
+ txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
+ tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
+ end;
+
+ if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then
+ begin
+ if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then
+ xedge := ClipRect.x
+ else
+ xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+ slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 );
+ y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) );
+ x2 := xedge;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then
+ yedge := ClipRect.y
+ else
+ yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+ slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 );
+ x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) );
+ y2 := yedge;
+ end;
+
+ flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
|